HomeMy WebLinkAboutMotorola Inc; 1996-11-15;Communications System Agreement
This Agreement, made and entered into this /SC day of November, 1996, by and between Motorola Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Motorola” or “Seller”, and the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Purchaser”.
Witnesseth:
Whereas, on February 15, 1994 the City Council of the City of Carlsbad adopted Resolution No.94-95, giving the City’s consent to its inclusion in the proposed County service area to participate in the regional communication system; and
Whereas, on December 6, 1994 the San Diego County Board of Supervisors adopted its resolution forming County Service Area No. 135 to establish and finance the 800 MHz Regional Communications System throughout the County of San Diego; and
Whereas, on December 29, 1995 the County of San Diego entered into Contract No. 43095 with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) for the necessary services and equipment to provide a regional communications system in the amount of $39,672,111.92 (the “Backbone System”) and to acquire up to $4.5 million worth of associated equipment for complimentary County facilities; and
Whereas, paragraph 13 of the “General Terms and Conditions” of said Agreement provided that other participating public agencies in San Diego and Imperial Counties could participate in the County’s contracting process at the same prices and FOB destination, terms and conditions; and
Whereas, Purchaser is such a participating public agency, and Purchaser has consented to and does participate in County Services Area No. 135 for the payment of costs involved in the construction and installation of the Backbone System, as well as a participant for Zone A, to provide financing for construction and acquisition of Purchaser’s local complimentary equipment to enable it to participate in the Regional Public Safety 800 MHz Radio Communication System; and
Whereas, Purchaser is simultaneously herewith entering into a companion “Lease - Purchase Agreement” with Motorola to provide potential interim financing for said purchase, to be ultimately retired by the proceeds from the assessments for Zone A in County Service Area No. 135, and
Whereas, all proposed equipment purchases will be reviewed and approved by the Regional Communications System Board of Directors or designee pursuant to the March 7, 1995 Regional Communications System Agreement approved by the Carlsbad City Council on March 21,1995; and
Whereas, City requires the services of Motorola to provide the necessary equipment and communication system services for acquisition, construction and/or installation of Purchaser’s equipment complimentary to the 800 MHz Regional Communication System and
Whereas, Motorola possesses the necessary skills and qualifications to provide said services and equipment;
MotorolaKarlsbad
Rev. 2 -l- October 29, 1996
. * ‘. .
Now, Therefore, in consideration of these recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, Purchaser and Motorola agree as follows:
Section 1 Motorola’s Obligations
A.
B.
C.
D.
Motorola shall furnish, install, test and cut over Purchaser’s equipment listed under the tab “Equipment Lists” in Exhibit ‘C’ to integrate it into the state-of-the-art 800 MHz Public Safety Trunked Radio Communications System (the “Backbone System”) as described in the functional specifications set forth in Exhibit ‘C’, including all required support equipment, such as consoles and microwave.
Motorola agrees to do and perform all the work described in Motorola’s proposal, dated June 6, 1996, as revised September 23, 1996, attached hereto as Exhibit ‘C’. The specific tasks to be performed are listed under tabs relating to the dispatch center and the microwave system and shall be accomplished in accordance with the implementation phases, project timeline and meet the milestones for performance set forth therein.
Motorola shall, in a good and professional manner, and at their own cost and expense, furnish all of the labor, technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space and facilities and all tests, testing and analysis, calculations and all other means whatsoever expect as otherwise expressly specified to be provided by Purchaser, necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide the services required of Motorola by this Agreement as set forth in Exhibit ‘C’.
Motorola shall function as a prime contractor for performance of the services described in Exhibit ‘C’.
Section 2 Purchaser’s Obligations
A. Purchaser shall provide such information as required by Exhibit ‘C’ and is reasonably necessary for Motorola to perform its services.
B. Provide ingress and egress to Purchaser’s facilities and/or sites as requested by Motorola, and have such facilities available for installation of the equipment specified in Exhibit ‘C’ .
C.
D.
Provide adequate telephone lines for the installation and operation of the equipment.
Provide adequate AC Power at 117 VAC + lo%, 60 Hz for the installation and operation of the Equipment.
E. Provide a designated work area with adequate heat and light, and a secure storage area for equipment delivered to the Purchaser.
Section 3 Term of Agreement and Completion of Work
All Equipment to be delivered and services required by this Agreement shall be satisfactorily completed in accordance with the schedules and according to the milestones set forth in Exhibit ‘C’. This Agreement shall be in effect from the date first written above until December 3 1, 2010 and may be thereafter renewed upon written agreement of Purchaser and Motorola.
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 2 -2- October 29, 1996
Section 4 Acceptance Criteria
A.
B.
C.
Motorola has included an Acceptance Test Plan (“ATP”) which has been agreed to by both parties by execution of this Agreement and is a part of Exhibit C to this Agreement. The successful completion of the ATP will be the sole criterion for system acceptance.
Should the Purchaser commence use of the system or any sub-system thereof for their intended purposes, other than for the express purposes of training or testing, prior to system acceptance, final payment for said system or sub-system shall be due net thirty (30) days. The warranty or maintenance periods for such equipment put into use, unless warranty or maintenance has already begun, shall be deemed to have commenced concurrently with the use of the equipment for its intended purpose. The use of the equipment for its intended purpose shall be deemed to have occurred when the Purchaser commences to use and rely primarily on the equipment for its communications.
Upon notification by Motorola that the system is available for acceptance testing, it is agreed that should the acceptance testing of the system or any subsystem thereof be delayed for reasons beyond Motorola’s control, that final payment for the subsystem or system shall become due net thirty (30) days and warranty or maintenance shall commence upon notice to Purchaser by Motorola.
Section 5 Payment Schedule
A. Motorola agrees to sell all of the equipment and perform the services as outlined in the Scope of Work and in Exhibit C, and Purchaser agrees to pay therefore the sum of not to exceed $3,235,478.00, payable in accordance with the companion Lease Purchase Agreement between Motorola and the City of Carlsbad.
B. Purchaser shall commence making Lease Payments to Motorola for equipment and related services upon invoice following delivery. The parties anticipate such payments to be for three phases in the following approximate amounts upon the following approximate dates:
Phase Date Amount
I Feb No;. 1. 1997 $764.085.90 II 1. 1997 $1.471.392.10 III Nov. 1. 1998 $1 .ooo.ooo.oo
Section 6 Project Management
A. Purchaser and Motorola will assign a Project Manager, who is author&d to exercise direction of this project. Purchaser and Motorola may, at any time, designate a new or alternate Project Manager following reasonable consultation with the other’s Project Manager.
B. The name of the persons author&d to give or receive notice on behalf of Purchaser and Motorola and who are designated as the initial Project Managers are, respectively, as
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 2 -3- October 29, 1996
-
follows:
For Purchaser: Name: Title: Address:
George Suttle Police Captain 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, CA 92008
For Motorola: Name: Title: Address:
Phil Dobosz Project Manager 9980 Carroll Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92131
Section 7 Independent Contractor
Motorola shall perform the services provided for herein in Motorola’s own way as an Independent Contractor and in pursuit of Motorola’s independent calling, and not as an employee of the Purchaser. Motorola shall be under control of Purchaser only as to the result to be accomplished, but shall consult with the Purchaser as provided for in Exhibit ‘C’. The persons used by Motorola to provide services under this Agreement shall not be considered employees of the Purchaser for any purpose whatsoever.
Motorola is an independent contractor of the Purchaser. The payment made to Motorola pursuant to the Agreement shall be the full and complete compensation to which Motorola is entitled. The Purchaser shall not make any federal or state tax withholdings on behalf of Motorola or its employees or subcontractors. The Purchaser shall not be required to pay any workers’ compensation insurance or unemployment contributions on behalf of Motorola or its employees or subcontractors. Motorola agrees to indemnify the Purchaser within 180 days for any tax, retirement contribution, social security, overtime payment, unemployment payment or workers’ compensation payment which the Purchaser may be required to make on behalf of Motorola or any employee or subcontractor for work done under this Agreement.
Section 8 Contents and Order of Precedence
A. The following documents constitute the Agreement between Motorola and Purchaser and all identified documents are hereby incorporated by this reference and made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein:
1. This Agreement and all duly executed amendments to this Agreement.
2. Exhibit A General Provisions, dated October 29, 1996, consisting of five (5) pages and twenty-two (22) sections.
3. Exhibit B Motorola End-User Software License Agreement.
4. Exhibit C Motorola Proposal Notebook, dated June 6, 1996, as revised September 23, 1996, including Project Overview, Project Implementation Plan, Training Plan, Acceptance Test Procedure, System Drawings, System Description, Equipment Lists, Pricing Summary, Payment Schedule, and Warranty.
B. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between portions of this Agreement or its constituent referenced documents, precedence shall be given in the order stated above, with the latest amendment of any element taking precedence over earlier amendments of that element.
MotorolaKarlsbad
Rev. 2
-4- October 29, 1996
A
: _
Section 9 Conflict of Interest
Purchaser has determined, using the guidelines of the Political Reform Act and Purchaser’s Conflict of Interest Code, that Motorola is not a “Consultant” within the meaning of the Political Reform Act, and will not be required to file a Conflict of Interest Statement as a requirement of this Agreement. However, Motorola hereby acknowledges that it has legal responsibility for complying with any applicable provisions of the Political Reform Act, and nothing in this Agreement releases Motorola from that responsibility.
Section 10 Termination
A. Termination for Default. Purchaser may, by written notice of default to Motorola terminate any of this Agreement, in whole or in part, should Motorola fail to provide equipment and/or services in accordance with the implementation plan set forth in Exhibit ‘C’ or fail to deliver in conformance to specifications and the requirements set forth therein. Purchaser shall give Motorola written notice of such default (“Cure Notice”) and Motorola shall have thirty (30) working days to provide a plan of action to cure said default. In the event that either (a) the plan is deemed unacceptable by Purchaser following prompt and reasonable review or (b) Motorola fails to cure such default then the Agreement shall be terminated for default. In the event of such termination, Purchaser reserves the right to purchase or obtain the equipment or services elsewhere, and Motorola shall be liable for the difference between the prices set forth in the terminated order and the actual cost thereof to the Purchaser. The prevailing market price shall be considered the fair repurchase price. Purchaser agrees that in the event of a partial or complete termination hereunder, the replacement system shall not have a capability exceeding that specified in the Agreement and that said replacement shall be of like kind and quality to accomplish the intended purpose of the Agreement.
1. If, after notice of termination of this Agreement under the provisions of this clause, it is determined for any reason that Motorola was not in default under the provisions of this clause, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the notice of termination had been issued pursuant to the Termination for Convenience clause herein.
2. The rights and remedies of Purchaser provided in this Article shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under resulting order.
B. Termination for Convenience. Purchaser may, by written notice stating the extent and effective date, terminate this Agreement for convenience in whole or in part, at any time. Purchaser shall pay Motorola as full compensation for performance until such termination:
1. The unit or pro rata price for the delivered and accepted portion.
2. A reasonable amount, as costs of termination, not otherwise recoverable form other sources by Motorola as approved by Purchaser, with respect to the undelivered or unaccepted portion of this Agreement, provided compensation hereunder shall in no event exceed the total price.
3. In no event shall Purchaser be liable for any loss of profits on this Agreement or portion thereunder so terminated.
MotorolaKarlsbad
Rev. 2 -5- October 29, 1996
.
4. The rights and remedies of Purchaser provided in this Article shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under resulting order.
Section 11 Severability
If any portion of this Agreement or any exhibits hereto is held to be invalid, such provision shall be considered severable, and the remainder of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall not be affected.
Section 12 Headings and Section References
The headings given to the paragraphs herein are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular paragraph to which the heading refers.
Section 13 Full Agreement
This Agreement and Exhibits hereto constitute the final expression of the agreement of the parties and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the work. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by written instrument signed by the duly authorized representatives of both parties.
In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorizej representatives A of the last day and year written below.
Motorola, Inc.
By: 7x
(Signature)
Name: CLAUDE A. LEWIS Name: w rJ I c w
(print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters)
Title:
Date:
Mayor Tide: U i GE p/L- t Qts)Jr
(Print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters)
November x, 1996 Date: wp”\ I-
Approved as to form
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 2 -6- October 29, 1996
-
Exhibit A - General Provisions
Section 1 Standards Of Work
Motorola’s services shall be performed with the high degree of care and diligence, and where required, in accordance with the highest standards exercised by engineers performing similar services in the San Diego, California area, and as expeditiously as is consistent with such standards of skill and care.
Section 2 Taxes
The prices set forth in the Agreement are exclusive of any amount for Federal, State or Local excise, lease, gross income service, rental, use, property, occupation or similar taxes. If any taxes are determined applicable to this transaction or Motorola is required to pay or bear the burden thereof, the Purchaser agrees to pay to Motorola the amount of such taxes and any interest or penalty thereon no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
Section 3 Shipping, Title and Risk Of Loss
All deliveries shall be F.O.B. at Purchaser’s facilities, unless staging or other pre-installation is mutually agreed upon. Time is of the essence. The acceptance by Purchaser of late performance with or without objection or reservation shall not waive the right to claim damage for such breach nor constitute a waiver of the requirements for the timely performance of any obligation remaining to be performed by Motorola.
All items and deliverables are subject to inspection, review/approval and acceptance by Purchaser at Purchaser’s facilities. Such inspection, review/approval and acceptance or rejection shall be made within fifteen (15) days of delivery or as otherwise mutually agreed upon.
Title to the equipment purchased shall pass directly from Motorola to Purchaser upon delivery and following the inspection (subject to the right of Purchaser to reject upon such inspection). Motorola shall retain risk of loss for all equipment until acceptance at Purchaser’s facilities or site; title passage for all equipment delivered hereunder shall be evidenced by a receiving document signed by Purchaser’s representative or an authorized designee. The above notwithstanding, title to Software included in the equipment shall not pass to the Purchaser at any time. Software is the subject of a separate provision of this Agreement and is subject to the license agreement set forth herein.
Section 4 Changes in the Work
If, in the course of the Agreement, changes seem merited by Motorola or Purchaser, including, but not limited to, alternate sites and/or subsurface/structural conditions at proposed sites, and informal consultations the other party indicate that a change in the conditions of the Agreement is warranted, Motorola or Purchaser may request a change in the conditions of the Agreement. Such changes shall be processed by Purchaser in the following manner: A letter outlining the desired changes shall be forwarded to Purchaser by Motorola to inform Purchaser of the proposed changes, along with a statement of estimated changes in charges or time schedule. A standard Amendment to Agreement shall be prepared by Purchaser and approved by Purchaser according to its procedures set forth in its Municipal Code Section 3.28.172. Such Amendment to Agreement shall not render ineffective or invalidate the unaffected portions of the Agreement.
MotorolalCarlsbad Rev. 2
-l- October 29, 1996
I3
Section 5 Limitation of Liability
Except for personal injury or death, Motorola’s total liability whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort or otherwise, is limited to the price of the particular products sold hereunder with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. Purchaser’s sole remedy is to request Motorola at Motorola’s option to either refund the purchase price, repair or replace product(s) that are not as warranted. In no event will Motorola be liable for any loss of use, loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss, lost profits or savings or other incidental, special, or consequential damages to the full extent such may be disclaimed by law. No action shall be brought for any breach of this contract more than one (1) year after the accrual of such cause of action except for money due upon an open account.
Section 6 Force Majeure
A. Neither Motorola nor the Purchaser shall be responsible for delays or lack of performance resulting from acts beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties. Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God; fire; strikes; material shortages; compliance with laws or regulations; riots; acts of war; or any other conditions beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
B. Delays as identified herein may cause an impact on the Period of Performance stated in the Agreement. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as described in Section 4.
Section 7 Delays by Purchaser
If the Purchaser is responsible for delays which cause the installation and acceptance of this system as defined in the Agreement, to be rescheduled beyond the Period of Performance set forth in the Agreement, the Purchaser shall be liable for actual costs incurred by Motorola resulting from these delays. Such charges may include, but are not limited to, additional Engineering; rescheduling charges; storage charges; maintenance charges; and transportation charges. The Purchaser shall have the option to attempt to minimize actual costs incurred by storing and transporting equipment at its own expense. Motorola reserves the right to modify payment terms in the event of such delays.
Section 8 Licenses/Authorization
The Purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining any licenses or other authorizations required by the Federal Communications Commission and for complying with FCC rules. Neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of the Purchaser in FCC matters or otherwise. Motorola, however, may assist in the preparation of the license application at no charge to the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that project implementation is predicated on receipt of proper FCC licensing.
Section 9 Indemnification
Motorola agrees to and hereby indemnifies and saves Purchaser harmless from all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages and expenses which may accrue against, be charged to, or recovered from the Purchaser by reason of or on account of damage to the property of the Purchaser or the property of, injury to, or death of any person, when such damage or injury is caused by Motorola’s sole negligence or that of its employees, subcontractors, or agents while on the premises of the Purchaser during the delivery and installation of the communications equipment. In no event will Motorola be liable for incidental, special or consequential damages.
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 2 -2- October 29, 1996
Section 10 Equipment Compatibility
Motorola agrees that the equipment, will perform in accordance with the specifications and representations stated in Motorola’s Proposal and Equipment List included in this Agreement. This Agreement does not extend to the performance of the equipment as a part of a larger system generally nor specifically to equipment in combination with products, elements or components not supplied by Motorola.
Section 11 Warranties
Please refer to Exhibit ‘C’ tab, entitled ‘Warranties’, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
Section 12 Confidential Information
Motorola proprietary computer programs will be released in accordance with the Software License provisions set forth elsewhere, if applicable. All other material and information of confidential nature marked Motorola Proprietary and Confidential will be released as necessary under the following conditions:
(1) Purchaser shall exercise reasonable and prudent measures to keep these items in confidence.
(2) Purchaser shall not disclose these items to third parties without prior written permission, unless Motorola makes them public or Purchaser learns them rightfully from sources independent of Motorola, or it is required by law to be disclosed.
(3) Motorola, where necessary, retains the right to prescribe specific security measures for the Purchaser to follow to maintain the confidentiality.
In the event disclosure of such information is necessary, a separate Non-Disclosure Agreement will be required.
Section 13 Software License
Motorola will, in the course of the transaction for the items of equipment identified in the Agreement, deliver to Purchaser, on a licensed basis, one or more computer programs (“Motorola Software”). Delivery of all Motorola Software by Motorola and acceptance of same by Purchaser shall be made only under the terms and conditions as contained in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof. The terms and conditions of the License Agreement contained in Exhibit B shall survive the completion of the Agreement.
Section 14 Patent Indemnification
Motorola agrees to defend, at its expense, any suits against Purchaser based upon a claim that any products furnished hereunder directly infringes a U.S. patent or copyright, and to pay costs and damages finally awarded in any such suit, provided that Motorola is notified promptly in writing and at Motorola’s request and expense is given control of said suit and all requested assistance for defense of same. If the use or sale of any such product(s) furnished hereunder is enjoined as a result such suit, Motorola, at its option and at no expense to Purchaser, shall obtain Purchaser the right to use or sell said product(s) or shall substitute an equivalent product or products reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and extend this indemnity
MotorolafCarlsbad Rev. 2 -3- October 29, 1996
thereto or shall accept the return of said product(s) and reimburse Purchaser the full purchase price therefor, less a reasonable charge for reasonable wear and tear. This indemnity does not extend to any suit based upon any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent or copyright by the combination of any product(s) furnished by Motorola and other elements nor does it extend to any product(s) of Purchaser’s design or formula.
Section 15 Disclaimer of Patent License
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under any patents or patent applications of Motorola, except that Purchaser shall have the normal non-exclusive royalty-free license to use that is implied, or otherwise arises by operation of law, in the sale of a product.
Section 16 Waiver
Failure or delay on the part of Motorola or Purchaser to exercise right or power hereunder shall not operate as a waiver thereof.
Section 17 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
Section 18 Covenant Against Contingent Fees.
Motorola covenants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working for Motorola, to solicit or secure this Agreement, and that Motorola has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or any other consideration contingent upon, or resulting from, the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this covenant, Purchaser shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability, or, in its discretion, to deduct from the Agreement price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fees, gift, or contingent fee.
Section 19 Claims and Lawsuits
Motorola agrees that any contract claim submitted to Purchaser must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this Agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. Motorola acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the
TP er, it may be considered fraud and Motorola may be subject to criminal prosecution. (Initial) Motorola acknowledges that California Government Code Section 12650, et seq., ‘the False Claims Act’, prov$les for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. (Initial) These provisions include false claims made with c \j deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of information. If the Purchaser seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney’s fees.
The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code Sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. Motorola acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject Motorola to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein Motorola may be prevented to act as cv ntractor on any public work or improvement for a period of up to five (5) years. (Initial) Motorola
MotorolaXarlsbad Rev. 2 -4- October 29, 1996
L .
acknowledges debarment by Motorola from the selection process. tion is grounds for the Purchaser to disqualify
Section 20 Conformity to Legal Requirements
Motorola shall at all times observe and comply with all applicable federal and state laws which in any manner effect this Agreement or the work to be performed hereunder. Motorola shall cause all drawings and specifications to conform to all applicable requirements of law: federal , state and local. Motorola shall provide all necessary supporting documents to be filed with any agencies whose approval is necessary. Purchaser will provide copies of the approved plans to any other agencies.
Motorola shall be aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and shall comply with those requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors and Consultants that are included in the Agreement.
Section 21 Subcontracting
If Motorola shall subcontract any of the work to be performed under this Agreement by Motorola, Motorola shall be responsible to the extent allowed by law to Purchaser for the acts and omissions of Motorola’s subcontractor and of the persons either directly or indirectly employed by the subcontractor, as Motorola is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by Motorola. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor of Motorola and Purchaser. Motorola shall bind every subcontractor and every subcontractor of a subcontractor by the terms of this contract applicable to Motorola’s work unless specifically noted to the contrary in the subcontract in question approved in writing by the Purchaser.
Section 22 County Provisions
The following provisions, from the contract entitled, ‘Agreement with a Communications Manufacturing Firm to Provide a Regional Communications System’, dated December 29, 1995 between Motorola and the County of San Diego, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference as if fully set forth herein:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Section 4 Section 10 Section 11.1 Section 14 Section 15 Section 21 Section 25 Section 27 Section 35 Section 37
Section 40
Section 41
Cal OSHA Variations in Specifications Hazardous Substances Availability of Funding Flammability and Toxicity Assignability Conduct of Contractor Audit and Inspection of Records Right to Acquire Equipment and Services Findings Confidential
Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace1
Sexual Harassment2
1 Incorporation of Drug and Alcohol Free Workplace policies will be applicable to the extent of the respective participating agencies’ policy on such matters.
2 Incorporation of Sexual Harassment policies will be applicable to the extent of the respective participating agencies’ policy on the matter.
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 2 -5- October 29, 1996
I’. . .
Motorola End-User Software License Agreement
This Software License Agreement is between Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”), having an office at 1301 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, and the City of Carlsbad, California (“Licensee”) located at 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008.
1. Scope. Licensee may acquire from Motorola’s Land Mobile Products Sector (“LMPS”) radio communication products (“Products”) that contain embedded or pre-loaded Motorola software such as in a ROM, PROM, or EPROM, or other Motorola software provided on media such as a floppy disk, tape, diskette, or CD-ROM. All such software (including Radio Service Software and FLASHport Software) is referred to as “Motorola Software.” This Agreement contains the terms under which Licensee may use Motorola Software acquired from LMPS.
2. Grant of License. Motorola hereby grants to Licensee a personal, non-exclusive license under Motorola’s applicable proprietary rights to use Motorola Software in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
3. Limitations on Use. Licensee may use Motorola Software only for Licensee’s internal business purposes and only as described in the Motorola Software or Product documentation. Any other use of Motorola Software is strictly prohibited and will be deemed a breach of this Agreement. Licensee may not copy, modify, adapt, merge with other software, reverse engineer, or disassemble any Motorola Software for any reason, except that Licensee may make at most two copies of Motorola Software provided with infrastructure equipment for back-up purposes. Licensee must purchase a copy of Radio Service Software for each site at which Licensee uses Radio Service Software; Licensee may make one additional copy for each computer owned or controlled by Licensee at each such site. Licensee may temporarily use Radio Service Software on portable or lap-top computers at other sites. Prior to acquiring any Radio Service Software or upon Motorola’s request, Licensee must provide a written list of all sites where Licensee uses or intends to use Radio Service Software. Licensee must reproduce all Motorola copyright and trademark notices on all copies of Motorola Software.
4. Transfers. If Licensee transfers ownership of Products to a third party, Licensee may assign its rights to use Motorola Software (other than Radio Service Software and FLASHport Software) embedded in or furnished for use with those Products provided that (a) Licensee transfers all copies of such Motorola Software to the new owner and (b) Motorola receives a transfer form (which Motorola will provide upon request) completed and signed by the new owner. Otherwise, Licensee may not transfer or make available any Motorola Software to any third party.
5. Ownership and Title. Title to all copies of Motorola Software in any form, including all rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual properties, remains vested exclusively in Motorola.
6. Confidentiality. Licensee acknowledges that all Motorola Software contains valuable proprietary information and trade secrets and that unauthorized dissemination, distribution, modification, reverse engineering, disassembly, or other improper use of Motorola Software will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. Accordingly, Licensee will limit access to Motorola Software to those of its employees and agents who need to use Motorola Software for Licensee’s internal business purposes, and Licensee will take appropriate action with those employees and agents to preserve the confidentiality of Motorola Software.
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 1 -l- October 29. 1996
7. Maintenance and Support. No maintenance or support is provided under this Agreement. Maintenance or support, if available, will be provided under a Motorola Software Maintenance and Support Agreement.
8. Limited Warranty. Please refer to Schedule 1, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, for a description of the Motorola-provided warranties.
The warranty extends only to the first Licensee; subsequent transferees must accept the Motorola Software “As Is” and with no warranties of any kind.
9. Limitation of Liability. In no event will Motorola be liable for incidental or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
10. Term and Termination. Licensee’s right to use Motorola Software will begin when Licensee sends a duly executed copy of this Agreement to Motorola, and either (a) Motorola returns a fully executed Agreement to Licensee or (b) Motorola ships Motorola Software or a Product containing Motorola Software to Licensee, and will continue in perpetuity unless terminated as follows. If either party commits a material breach of any of its obligations set forth herein, the other party may give written notice of termination to the breaching party. The written notice of termination shall specify the material breach and must specify whether the entire License Agreement is being terminated or whether the License Agreement is being terminated with respect to a particular Motorola Software program. Upon receipt of the written notice of termination, the breaching party shall have sixty (60) days to cure the material breach. In the event that the material breach is not cured during the sixty (60) days, the License Agreement is terminated as specified in the written notice of termination.
11. Notices. All notices, consents, and waivers permitted or required under this Agreement will be deemed given upon receipt and must be delivered in writing to the addresses at the top of this Agreement and, if to Motorola, to the LMPS Technical Assets Manager, Room 2305. Change of address must be in writing to the other party.
12. General
Copyright Notices. The existence of a copyright notice on Motorola Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption that public disclosure of Motorola Software or any trade secrets associated with Motorola Software has occurred.
Non-Motorola Software. Motorola may provide non-Motorola software to Licensee under the terms of separate license agreements with the owners of such software. Licensee will abide by the terms of these licenses.
Causes of Action. Licensee must bring any action under this Agreement within one year after the cause of action arises except that warranty claims must be brought within the 120-day warranty period.
Waivers. No waiver of a right or remedy of a party will constitute a waiver of another right or remedy of that party.
Assignments. Motorola may assign any of its rights or subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell any of its rights in any Motorola Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee.
MotorolaKarlsbad Rev. 1 -2- October 29, 1996
R
C
Entire Agreement and Amendment. This Agreement contains the parties’ entire agreement regarding Licensee’s use of Motorola Software and may be amended only in a writing signed by both parties, except that Motorola may modify this Agreement as necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations including FCC regulations.
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the United States of America to the extentthat thev by the laws of the State of Illinois.
Motorola, Inc.
- . -rb
Name: CLAUDE A. LEWIS Name: WdiE H
(Print - Block Letters) print - Block Letters)
Title: Mayor Tide: 31 CF p&H [YsZrJ r
(Print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters)
Date: November/~ 1996
Approved as to form
MotoroWCarlsbad Rev. 1
Date: \6/34\5l@
-3- October 29, 1996
‘.
./
EXHIBIT A to EXHIBIT 2
Process for Purchase of Equipment by RCS Participating
Agencies Using CSA 135 Zone Funds
( START )
1
RCS Board of Directors Reviews/Approves List of
Equipment to be Purchased by Agency
4
RCS Board of Directors Reviews and Approves.
7
RCS Staff Confirms Receipt of Goods and Services
by Agency
8
RCS Staff Obtains Expenditure/Reimbursement
Approval from RCS Board of Directors
9
RCS Staff Processes Expenditure/Reimbursement
through County Office of Special Districts and
Purchasing
10
County Auditor Issues Check to Agency or Vendor
from Agency’s CSA 135 Zone Funds
11
Vendor is Paid by Agency or County Auditor
GENERAL GUIDELINES:
1. Purchases must be processed via County Purchasing Department. L---J END
2. Purchases must be budgeted and not exceed realized revenue in Agency’s zone account.
Regional Communication System
Monday, October 28,1996
October 28, 1996
GENERAL GUIDELINES:
> Purchases must be coordinated by participating agencies’ administrative staff and RCS project staff and processed via the County Auditor, Special Districts, and Purchasing divisions.
> Purchases must be budgeted and not exceed realized revenue in Participating Agencies’ zone accounts.
PROCEDURES:
1. RCS BOARD OF DIRECTORS REVIEWS/APPROVES LIST OF EQUIPMENT TO BE PURCHASED BY AGENCY:
Participating agencies compile a list of equipment to be purchased, based on their approved budget and submit it for RCS Board of Directors review ana’ approval.
2. AGENCY DETERMINES NEED TO PURCHASE EQUIPMENT:
Participating agency develops the list of equipment to be purchased and submits encumbrance request form to the RCS project manager for review and approval.
3. COMPLETED ENCUMBRANCE REQUEST FORM SENT TO RCS STAFF FOR COMPATIBILITY AND FUNDING REVIEW:
RCS project manager and administrative assistant reviews encumbrance request,
Attachment A, for equipment system compatibility and verification of budget and funding requirements.
4. RCS BOARD OF DIRECTORS REVIEWS AND APPROVES:
RCS Board of Directors reviewslapproves requests at monthly meeting.
5. LOCAL AGENCY COUNCIL/BOARD APPROVES PURCHASE:
Participating agency’s City Council or Fire District Board approves the list of equipment to be purchased.
6. AGENCY AND RCS STAFF PREPARE PURCHASE/REIMBURSEMENT REQUEST:
A County or local agency purchase requisitionlpurchase agreement or reimbursement request, Attachment B and C, is prepared by agencies’
October 28, 1996
administrative stafiandforwarded to RCS administrative assistantfor review.
7. RCS STAFF CONFIRMS RECEIPT OF GOODS BY AGENCY:
RCS sta#verifies with the participating agency that they have received goods and or services from the vendor.
8. RCS STAFF OBTAINS EXPENDITURE/REIMBURSEMENT APPROVAL FROM RCS BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
The RCS administrative assistant forwards expenditurelreimbursement documents, Attachments D and C, to the RCS project manager and RCS Board of Directors for approval.
9. RCS STAFF PROCESSES EXPENDITURE/REIMBURSEMENT THROUGH COUNTY OFFICE OF SPECIAL DISTRICTS &
PURCHASING:
When expenditurelreimbursement documentation is approved, the RCS administrative assistant will processes it through the County Special Districts and Purchasing for validation and processing of expenditure.
10. COUNTY AUDITOR ISSUES CHECK TO AGENCY OR VENDOR FROM AGENCY’S CSA 135 ZONE FUNDS:
County Auditor will issue a check to the participating agency or vendor from agency’s CSA I35 zone funds (Participating Agency option).
11. VENDOR IS PAID BY AGENCY OR COUNTY AUDITOR:
The vendor is paid by participating agency or County Auditor.
I! ‘_ id- I
!I L
ti:’ .
1.
4
LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Lease Number: 20691
LESSEE:
Reference Exhibit A
LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
1301 East Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, Illinois, 60196
Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, the Equipment described in
any Schedule A now or hereafter attached hereto (“Equipment”) in accordance with the following terms
and conditions of this Lease-Purchase Agreement (“Lease”).
1. TERM. This Lease will become effective upon the execution hereof by Lessor. The
Term of this Lease will commence on date specified in each Schedule A and unless terminated according
to terms hereof or the purchase option, provided in Section 18, is exercised this Lease will continue until
the Expiration Date set forth in each Schedule B attached hereto (“Lease Term”).
2. FACILITY (i) Lessor will provide a credit facility to all Lessees in an aggregate amount of
Eleven Million Dollars ($11 ,OOO,OOO.OO) (“Credit Facility”). The amount of the Credit Facility can be
increased by ten percent (10%).
(ii) The Credit Facility will be allocated to each Lessee in the following dollar
amounts:
Lessee
City of Carlsbad
Additional RCS Agencies/Cities
Total:
Dollar Amount
$3,235,478
$7.764. 22
$11 ,oo~ooo
Each Lessee will have access to the Credit Facility solely for the acquisition of the equipment or services
provided by Motorola, inc. or its contractors pursuant to the companion Communications System
Agreement applicable to lessee. The minimum draw down is fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00). Upon
an Event of Default as described in Section 20 of this Lease, Lessor will have the right to terminate any
unused portion of the Credit Facility. ’
(iii) Lessee will provide to Lessor upon each draw down against the Credit
Facility the following documentation:
I:; (cl
Is tf”, (9) V-4 (1)
Schedule A
Schedule B
Attorney Opinion
Evidence of Insurance
Certificate of Incumbency
I.R.S. form 80386 or 8038GC
Resolutions
UCC-1 Financing Statement
Statement of Essential Use/Source of Funds
3. EXPIRATION The total amount of the Credit Facility must be used no later
than two years from the date this Lease is executed unless renewed by mutual agreement and amended
hereto.
4. LEASE TERM The Lease Term for each Schedule A will be no greater than fifteen (15)
years.
5 PRICING The interest rate for each Schedule A to the Lease will be established by taking
ninety five percent (95%) of the fifteen year U.S. Treasury Bill as stated in the Wall Street Journ&. The
interest rate will be determined upon execution of a Schedule A.
I 1 O/29/96
t’
?
6. RENT. Lt 3e agrees to pay to Lessor or its assignee ? Lease Payments (herein so
called), including the interest portion, in the amounts specified in Schedule B. The Lease Payments will
be payable without notice or demand at the office of the Lessor (or such other place as Lessor or its
assignee may from time to time designate in writing), and will commence on the first Lease Payment
Date as set forth in Schedule B and thereafter on each of the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule
B. Any payments received later than ten (10) days from the due date will bear interest at the highest
lawful rate from the due date. Except as specifically provided in Section 9 hereof, the Lease Payments
will be absolute and unconditional in all events and will not be subject to any set-off, defense,
counterclaim, or recoupment for any reason whatsoever. Lessee reasonably believes that funds can be
obtained sufficient to make all Lease Payments during the Lease Term and hereby covenants that it will
do all things lawfully within its power to obtain, maintain and properly request and pursue funds from
which the Lease Payments may be made, including making provisions for such payments to the extent
necessary in each budget submitted for the purpose of obtaining funding, using its bona fide best efforts
to have such portion of the budget approved and exhausting all available administrative reviews and
appeals in the event such portion of the budget is not approved. It is Lessee’s intent to make Lease
Payments for the full Lease Term if funds are legally available therefor and in that regard Lessee
represents that the Equipment will be used for one or more authorized governmental or proprietary
functions essential to its proper, efficient and economic operation. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Lessee’s obligation to pay Lease Payments shall arise as and when units
of Equipment are delivered to the Lessee in accordance with the companion “Communications System
Agreement” applicable to said Lessee. Prior to the delivery of Equipment pursuant to the contract,
Lessee shall have no duty to make Lease Payments hereunder. From and after the time of such
delivery, Lessee’s obligation to pay Lease Payments shall be limited to Equipment delivered.
7. DELIVERY Lessor will cause the Equipment to be delivered to Lessee at the location
specified in Schedule A (“Equipment Location”).
8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Lessor acknowledges that the Equipment leased
hereunder is being manufactured and installed by Lessor pursuant to the contract (the “Contract”)
covering the Equipment. Lessee acknowledges that on or prior to the date of acceptance of the
Equipment, Lessor intends to sell and assign Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to this Agreement
and the Equipment to an assignee (“Assignee”). LESSEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT, LESSOR MAKES NO EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE OR KIND WHATSOEVER, AND AS BETWEEN LESSEE
AND THE ASSIGNEE, THE PROPERTY SHALL BE ACCEPTED BY LESSEE “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL
FAULTS”. LESSEE AGREES TO SETTLE ALL CLAIMS DIRECTLY WITH LESSOR AND WILL NOT
ASSERT OR SEEK TO ENFORCE ANY SUCH CLAIMS AGAINST THE ASSIGNEE. NEITHER
LESSOR NOR THE ASSIGNEE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER AS A RESULT OF THE
LEASE OF THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, PROPERTY
DAMAGE OR LOST PRODUCTION WHETHER SUFFERED BY LESSEE OR ANY THIRD PARTY.
Lessor is not responsible for, and shall not be liable to Lessee for damages relating to loss of
value of the Equipment for any cause or situation (including, without limitation, governmental actions or
regulations or actions of other third parties).
9. NON-APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Lease to the contrary, in the event the funds appropriated by Lessee’s governing body or otherwise
available by any means whatsoever in any fiscal period of Lessee for Lease Payments or other amounts
due under this Lease are insufficient therefor, this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal
period for which appropriations were received without penalty or expense to Lessee of any kind
whatsoever, except as to the portions of Lease Payments or other amounts herein agreed upon for which
funds shall have been appropriated and budgeted or are otherwise available. The Lessee will
immediately notify the Lessor or its Assignee of such occurrence. In the event of such termination,
Lessee agrees to peaceably surrender possession of the Equipment to Lessor or its Assignee on the date
of such termination, packed for shipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and freight
prepaid and insured to any location in the continental United States designated by Lessor. Lessor will
have all legal and equitable rights and remedies to take possession of the Equipment. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Lessee agrees (i) that it will not cancel this Lease under the provisions of this Section if
any funds are appropriated to it, or by it, for the acquisition, retention or operation of the Equipment or
other equipment performing functions similar to the Equipment for the fiscal period in which such
2 1 O/29/96
termination occurs or the r, succeeding fiscal period thereafter, and \ nat it will not during the Lease
Term give priority in the application of funds to any other functionally similar equipment or services. This
Section will not be construed so as to permit Lessee to terminate this Lease in order to acquire any other
equipment or to allocate funds directly or indirectly to perform essentially the same application for which
the Equipment is intended.
10. LESSEE CERTIFICATION.Lessee represents, covenants and warrants that: (i) Lessee is a
state or a duly constituted political subdivision or agency of the state of the Equipment Location; (ii) the
interest pot-lion of the Lease Payments shall be excluded from Lessor’s gross income pursuant to Section
103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time ( the “Code”); (iii) the
execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Lease have been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of the Lessee; (iv) this Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms; (v) Lessee will comply with the information
reporting requirements of Section 149(e) of the Code, and such compliance shall include but not be
limited to the execution of information statements requested by Lessor; (vi) Lessee will not do or cause to
be done any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, the Lease to be an arbitrage bond
within the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Code; (vii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act
which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, this Lease to be a private activity bond within the
meaning of Section 141 (a) of the Code; (viii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will
cause, or by omission of any act allow, the interest portion of the Lease Payments to be or become
includible in gross income for Federal income taxation purposes under the Code; and (ix) Lessee will be
the only entity to own, use and operate the Equipment during the Lease Term.
Lessee represents, covenants and warrants that (i) it will do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep the Lease in full force and effect, (ii) it has complied with all public
bidding and Bond Commission requirements (as defined in the Code) where necessary and by due
notification presented this Lease for approval and adoption as a valid obligation on its par-l, and (iii) it has
sufficient appropriations or other funds available to pay all amounts due hereunder for the current fiscal
period.
11. SECURITY INTEREST. In order to secure all of its obligations hereunder, Lessee
hereby (i) grants to Lessor a first and prior security interest in and to the Equipment and in all additions,
attachments, accessions, and substitutions thereto, and on any proceeds therefrom: (ii) agrees that this
Lease may be filed as a financing statement evidencing such security interest; and (iii) agrees to execute
and deliver all financing statements, certificates of title and other instruments necessary or appropriate to
evidence such security interest to include a land lord and/or mortgagee’s consent and waiver with respect
to the Equipment.
12. USE; REPAIRS. Lessee will use the Equipment in a careful manner for the use
contemplated by the manufacturer of the Equipment and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, insurance
policies and regulations relating to, and will pay all costs, claims, damages, fees and charges arising out
of the possession, use or maintenance of the Equipment. Lessee, at its expense will keep the Equipment
in good repair and furnish all parts, mechanisms and devices required therefor.
13. ALTERATIONS. Lessee will not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the
Equipment without Lessor’s prior written consent unless such alterations, additions or improvements may
be readily removed without damage to the Equipment.
14. LOCATION; INSPECTION. The Equipment will not be removed from, [or if the Equipment
consists of rolling stock, its permanent base will not be changed from] the Equipment Location without
Lessor’s prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld. Lessor will be entitled to enter
upon the Equipment Location or elsewhere during reasonable business hours to inspect the Equipment or
observe its use and operation.
15. LIENS AND TAXES. Lessee shall keep the Equipment free and clear of all levies,
liens and encumbrances except those created under this Lease. Lessee shall pay, when due, all charges
and taxes (local, state and federal) which may now or hereafter be imposed upon the ownership, leasing,
rental, sale, purchase, possession or use of the Equipment, excluding however, all taxes on or measured
by Lessor’s income. If Lessee fails to pay said charges and taxes when due, Lessor shall have the right,
but shall not be obligated, to pay said charges and taxes. If Lessor pays any charges or taxes, Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor therefor within ten days of written demand.
3 1 O/29/96
i 16. RISK OFLO , DAMAGE; DESTRUCTION. Less Assumes all risk of loss or . damage to the Equipment from any cause whatsoever, and no such loss of or damage to the Equipment
nor defect therein nor unfitness or obsolescence thereof shall relieve Lessee of the obligation to make
Lease Payments or to perform any other obligation under this Lease. In the event of damage to any item
of Equipment, Lessee will immediately place the same in good repair with the proceeds of any insurance
recovery applied to the cost of such repair. If Lessor determines that any item of Equipment is lost,
stolen, destroyed or damaged beyond repair, Lessee at the option of Lessor will: either (a) replace the
same with like equipment in good repair; or (b) on the next Lease Payment date, pay Lessor the sum of :
(i) all amounts then owed by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease, including the Lease payment due on
such date; and (ii) an amount equal to all remaining Lease Payments to be paid during the Lease Term
as set forth in Schedule B.
In the event that Lessee is obligated to make such payment with respect to less than all of the
Equipment, Lessor will provide Lessee with the pro rata amount of the Lease Payment and the
Concluding Payment (as set forth in Schedule B) to be made by Lessee with respect to that part of the
Equipment which has suffered the Event of Loss.
17. INSURANCE. Lessee will, at its expense, maintain at all times during the Lease Term,
fire and extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the Equipment
in such amounts, covering such risks, and with such insurers as shall be satisfactory to Lessor, or, with
Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee may self-insure against any or all such risks. All insurance
covering loss of or damage to the Equipment shall be carried in an amount no less than the amount of
the then applicable Concluding Payment with respect to such Equipment. The initial amount of insurance
required is set forth in Schedule B. Each insurance policy will name Lessee as an insured and Lessor or
its assigns as an additional insured, and will contain a clause requiring the insurer to give Lessor at least
thirty (30) days prior written notice of any alteration in the terms of such policy or the cancellation thereof.
The proceeds of any such policies will be payable to Lessee and Lessor or its assigns as their interests
may appear. Upon acceptance of the Equipment and upon each insurance renewal date, Lessee will
deliver to Lessor a certificate evidencing such insurance. In the event that Lessee has been permitted to
self-insure, Lessee will furnish Lessor with a letter or certificate to such effect. In the event of any loss,
damage, injury or accident involving the Equipment, Lessee will promptly provide Lessor with written
notice thereof and make available to Lessor all information and documentation relating thereto.
18. INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify Lessor
against, and hold Lessor harmless from, any and all claims, actions, proceedings, expenses, damages or
liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and court costs, arising in connection with the Equipment, including,
but not limited to, its selection, purchase, possession, and use. .
19. ASSIGNMENT. Without Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee will not either (i) assign,
transfer, pledge, hypothecate, grant any security interest in or otherwise dispose of this Lease or the
Equipment or any interest in this Lease or the Equipment or; (ii) sublet or lend the Equipment or permit it
to be used by anyone other than Lessee or Lessee’s employees. Lessor may assign its rights, title and
interest in and to this Lease, the Equipment and any documents executed with respect to this Lease
and/or grant or assign a security interest in this Lease and the Equipment, in whole or in part. Any such
assignees shall have all of the rights of Lessor under this Lease. Subject to the foregoing, this Lease
inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns
of the parties hereto.
Lessee covenants and agrees not to assert against the Assignee any claims or defenses by way
of abatement, setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or the like which Lessee may have against Lessor. No
assignment or reassignment of any Lessor’s right, title or interest in this Lease or the Equipment shall be
effective unless and until Lessee shall have received a notice of assignment, disclosing the name and
address of each such assignee; provided, however, that if such assignment is made to a bank or trust
company as paying or escrow agent for holders of certificates of participation in the Lease, it shall
thereafter be sufficient that a copy of the agency agreement shall have been deposited with Lessee until
Lessee shall have been advised that such agency agreement is no longer in effect. During the Lease
Term Lessee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all such assignments in form necessary to
comply with Section 149(a) of the Code, and the regulations, proposed or existing, from lime to lime
promulgated thereunder. No further action will be required by Lessor or by Lessee to evidence the
assignment, but Lessee will acknowledge such assignments in writing if so requested.
4 1 O/29/96
After notice of sue. n assignment, Lessee shall name the Ass. .ee as additional insured and
loss payee in any insurance policies obtained or in force. Any Assignee of Lessor may reassign this
Lease and its interest in the Equipment and the Lease Payments to any other person who, thereupon,
shall be deemed to be Lessor’s Assignee hereunder.
20. EVENT OF DEFAULT. The term “Event of Default”, as used herein, means the
occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (i) Lessee fails to make any Lease Payment (or
any other payment) as it becomes due in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and any such failure
continues for ten (10) days after the due date thereof; (ii) Lessee fails to perform or observe any other
covenant, condition, or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder and such failure is not
cured within twenty (20) days after wriiten notice thereof by Lessor; (iii) the discovery by Lessor that any
statement, representation, or warranty made by Lessee in this Lease or in writing ever delivered by
Lessee pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is false, misleading or erroneous in any material
respect; (iv) proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar legislation shall be
instituted against or by Lessee, or a receiver or similar officer shall be appointed for Lessee or any of its
property, and such proceedings or appointments shall not be vacated, or fully stayed, within twenty (20)
days after the institution or occurrence thereof; or (v) an attachment, levy or execution is threatened or
levied upon or against the Equipment.
21. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and as long as such Event
of Default is continuing, Lessor may, at its opinion, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:
(i) by written notice to Lessee, declare all amounts then due under the Lease, and all remaining Lease
Payments due during the Fiscal Year in effect when the default occurs to be immediately due and
payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; (ii) by written notice to
Lessee, request Lessee to (and Lessee agrees that it will), at Lessee’s expense, promptly return the
Equipment to Lessor in the manner set forth in Section 9 hereof, or Lessor, at its option, may enter upon
the premises where the Equipment is located and take immediate possession of and remove the same;
(iii) sell or lease the Equipment or sublease it for the account of Lessee, holding Lessee liable for all
Lease Payments and other amounts due prior to the effective date of such selling, leasing or subleasing
and for the difference between the purchase price, rental and other amounts paid by the purchaser,
Lessee or sublessee pursuant to such sale, lease or sublease and the amounts payable by Lessee
hereunder; and (iv) exercise any other right, remedy or privilege which may be available to it under
applicable laws of the state of the Equipment Location or any other applicable law or proceed by
appropriate court action to enforce the terms of the Lease or to recover damages for the breach of this
Lease or to rescind this Lease as to any or all of the Equipment. In addition, Lessee will remain liable for
all covenants and indemnities under this Lease and for all legal fees and other costs and expenses,
including court costs, incurred by Lessor with respect to the enforcement of any of the remedies listed
above or any other remedy available to Lessor.
22. PURCHASE OPTION. Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Lessee to
Lessor, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or no event, which with
notice or lapse of time, or both could become an Event of Default, then exists, Lessee will have the right
to purchase the Equipment on the Lease Payment dates set forth in Schedule B by paying to Lessor, on
such date, the Lease Payment then due together with the Concluding Payment amount set forth opposite
such date. Upon satisfaction by Lessee of such purchase conditions, Lessor will transfer any and all of
its right, title and interest in the Equipment to Lessee as is, without warranty, express or implied, except
that the Equipment is free and clear of any liens created by Lessor.
23. NOTICES. All notices to be given under this Lease shall be made in writing and mailed by
certified mail, return receipt requested, to the other party at its address set forth herein or at such address
as the party may provide in writing from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been
received five days subsequent to such mailing.
24. SECTION HEADINGS. All section headings contained herein are for the convenience
of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Lease.
25. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with, and governed
by the laws of, the state of the Equipment Location.
5 1 O/29/96
26. DELIVERY C “ELATED DOCUMENTS. Lessee will er tie or provide, as requested by
Lessor, such other documents and information as are reasonably necessary with respect to the
transaction contemplated by this Lease.
27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; WAIVER. This Lease, together with the Delivery and Acceptance
Certificate and other attachments hereto, and other documents or instruments executed by Lessee and
Lessor in connection herewith, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
Lease of the Equipment, and this Lease shall not be modified, amended, altered, or changed except with
the written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Any provision of the Lease found to be prohibited by law shall
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of the Lease.
The waiver by Lessor of any breach by Lessee of any term, covenant or condition hereof shall
not operate as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.
28. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the
same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the d day of November ,lg 96 -.
LESSOR:
L
Tile: Mayor Tile: Divisi Oti Gr3K#?Jk*& m
6 1 O/29/96
EXHIBIT A
LESSEE: City of Carlsbad, California
ADDRESS 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive
Carlsbad, CA 92008
10/29/96
OPINION OF COUNSEL
With respect to that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated 11115196 and
Schedule A to the Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement number 20691 dated 11/15/96 by and
between Motorola, Inc. and the Lessee, I am of the opinion that: (i) the Lessee is, within the meaning of
Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a state or a fully constituted political subdivision or
agency of the State of the Equipment Location described in Schedule A hereto; (ii) the execution, delivery
and performance by the Lessee of the Lease have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the
part of the Lessee, (iii) the Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee
enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (iv) Lessee has sufficient monies available to make all
payments required to be paid under the Lease during the current fiscal year of the Lease, and such
monies have been properly budgeted and appropriated for this purpose in accordance with State law. \ \$jJ2-45~~5~ GG.& ,
Attorney for -bad,
a Munjcipal Corporation
8 1 O/2 1196
; I .
SCHEDULE A
EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
in the Lease and upon the terms set forth below, the following items-of Equipment
Lease Number: 2069 1
This Equipment Schedule dated as of 9/11/96 is being executed by MOTOROLA,
INC. (“Lessor”) and the City of Carlsbad, California (“Lessee”), as a supplement to, and is hereby attached
to and made a part of that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of 11/15/96
(“Lease”), between Lessor and Lessee.
Lessor hereby leases to Lessee under and pursuant to the Lease, and Lessee hereby accepts and
leases from Lessor under and pursuant to the Lease, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION (Manufacturer, Model, and Serial Nos.)
Refer to attached equipment list.
Equipment Location:
Initial Term: 171 Months Commencement Date: November 6,1996
Lease Payments of $79,265.17 as outlined in the attached Schedule B, plus Sales/Use Tax of $0.00,
payable on the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B.
EXECUTED as of the date first herein set forth.
LESSEE:
City of Carlsbad, California
By:
GEORGE SUTTLE, POLICE CAPTAIN Project Manager
29
I. , ‘)
: I/
.r.
S/l 8196
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Ccntcr and hllcrowavc System
Equipment Summary:
Carlsbad Dispatch Center
Dispatch Console Equipment
Backup Control Stations
Dispatch Center Furniture & Accessories
Console Interface Equipment
Microwave System
Microwave Equipment
Total Equipment Cost
Tax 7.75 % of Equipment
Microwave Vendor Services
Direct Services
Detailed System Design
Detailed Implementation Planning
Microwave Procurement Support
Mlcrowave Implementation Management
Factory Staging Support !
Installation & Integration
Optimization & Acceptance Testing
System Documentation
System Management Support
Training & Support
Program Management
Project Administration
Indirect Services
Factory Staging & Implementation Services
CCSI Factory Staging
CCSI Factory Supplied Cabling
Other Costs
System Warranty Period
Maintenance (Not Included)
Training
Freight
Total Direct, Indirect and Other Costs
System Grand Total
Motorola Confidential and Proprfetary
180.211.62
16,174.14
74.501 .oo
36.095.30
178,925.98
485.908.04
37.657.87
94.060.00
146,460.OO
764.085.91
. . . II .y 9
CitY of Carkbad
Dispatch Center Equipment
Dispatch Ceder Equfpment
Aem Qtv Nomenclature Description
Dls&h Console Equipment
1 5 TDN9930
2 5 TDN1126
3 5 81809 3 a 5 K570AB
3 b 5 K704AA
3 c 5 K739
3d 5 K154AA
3 8 5 x211
4 5 TDN9931A
5 5 TDN9932A
7 5 BKN6170
8 1 B1811AC
Ea 1 K565
8 b 1 K837-C
8c 1 x766
8 d 1 K995AD
8e 1 ~643~~
8 f 6 K153AB
9 2 81426
10 4 81423
11 3 81442
12 1 81633
13 7 B184OA
14 1 Q3207
14 a 1 K756
15 1 81827 15 a 5 X291
15 b 7 x597
15 c 1 x299
15 d 1 X3OI
16 2 BLN7011A
17 1 Bl850-A
18 1 81814
19 1 B1813
20 1 81819
21 1 81402
22 1 B1792A
23 5 BON6412
24 5 BON6700
25 5 DQDCM3151
COMPUTER/~ 00 MHz/l 68 RAM/WINDOWS NT
17’ MONTTOR FOR ELITE OP POS. DESKTOP
GOLD SERIES DESKTOP CIE INTERFACE
HEADSET JACK
Unit Price Total
SECOND HEADSET JACK
AUX SIGNAUNG INPUT W/PTT INPUT
100 FOOT STD CABLE (7 PAIR)
WINDOWS INSTALLATION
WINDOWS NT LICENSE UPGRADE TO ELITE
WINDOWS NT WORKSTATION SOFTWARE ELITE UPGR
TELEPHONE HEADSET INTERFACE CBL
GOLD SERIES CEB (3 CARD CAGE)
RS232 INTERFACE / OMI RELOCATOR
EXPRESS SERVICE PLUS 3 CC
ALIAS DATABASE MANAGER INTERFACE
TRUNKED AIMIS
ADE
AEB-CEB Tl XBUS CH24 SIG
50 FOOT CABLE (25 PAIR)
COMPARATOR INTERFACE MODULE
DUAL RECEIVE INTERFACE MODULE
AUXILIARY I/O INTERFACE MODULE
DIRECT PHONE INTERCONNECT MODULE
GOLD EASE INTERFACE MODULE
SMART PHONE INTERFACE MODULE
SHIP LOOSE BOX
GOLD SERIES LICENSE MANAGER (FlASHKEY)
GOLD CRT OPERATOR SOFTWARE LICENSE
CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL SOFlWARE UCENSE
TELEPHONE INTEGRATION SOFTWARE LICENSE
SMARTZONE ANALOG CONSOLE SOFtWARE LIC
GOLD TTMER
LOGGING RECORDER INTERFACE - 8 TRACK
GOLD CRT/ELITE OP SPARES
GOLD SERIES SYSTEM SPARES (COIM)
GOLD CEB SPARES - CONVENTIONAL
CEB SINGLE POWER SUPPLY SPARES
AIMI SPARES
DIGITAL CALL CHECK - OPERATES FROM SCRN
ADD 10 MIN TO CALL CHECK MEMORY (20 MIN)
24’ DONCO Transmit Footstitch
4338.00
990.00
6228.00
158.40
158.40
54.m
74.16
432.OJ
30.96
306.03
87.84
19872.00
214.56
1072.80
72O.a)
7880.05
0.00
53.28
lC4l.cO
662.40
889.20
1148.40
558.80
864.m
12.96
100.03
3500.00
2oo.al
1m.m
5m.m
64944
5771.52
1957.68
3240.00
2168.64
2741.04
3442.81
4555.80
1479.60
406.80
2 1690.00
4950.00
31140.00
792.00
792.00
27O.oc)
370.80
2160.00
154.80
1530.00
439.20
19872.00
214.56
1072.80
720.03
7880.05
O.CJZl
319.68
2088.00
2649.60
2667.60
1148.40
398 1.60
864.m
12.96
loO.cO
17m.00
14oo.CU
loO.CIl
5m.m
1298.88
5771.52
1957.68
324O.CO
2168.64
2741.04
3442.81
22779.CU
7398.00
2@34.cxJ
180211.62
Page I
9/l I/%
3(
,, .’ :.,‘ )
-L cay of carlsbad
Console lntetfaca Equipment
Console lntedace Equlpment
kern Qty Nomenclature Description Unit Price Total 1 2 TDN1128A BITRUNNR BASE UNIT 2245.50 4491 al 2 1 TON1 105A
3 8 TDN1114A
4 2 TDN I 13OA
5 1 DSPREM8918
6 2 DSPREM8902
7 1 DSPREM8904
8 1 DSPREM8920
9 2 DSPREM8801
10 1 DSPREMBUIO
11 4 DSPREMB 11
12 1 DSPREM8118
13 1 DSPREM8129
14 1 MWQGN6428
15 1 DSPREM82 12
16 2 TDNll27
17 1 81827
17 a 5 X472
12 PORT HUB
HUB CABLES
SYNC CABLE
UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURE
DC POWER SUPPLY
-48VDC RING GENERATOR
INTERFACE CARD W/2400 B MODEM
CPU CONTROL CARD W/CROSS CONN
DUAL Tl/El LINE INTERFACES
DSX/CEPT PLUGIN MODULE
8 PORT 4 WIRE E&M/TO
8P, 2W. 600 OHM FXS/FXSDN/P!AR/DPO
FUSE ALARM PANEL
2 PORT HSU V.35 CARD
1 PORT SYNC CARD
GOLD SERIES LICENSE MANAGER (FLASHKW
ELITE OPERATOR SOFTWARE
1003.50
30.60
18O.cO
1350.00
1125.00
4xl.ca
2025.00
5052.50
1912.50
562.E0
1350.00
1462.50
607.50
1633.50
99o.al
100.00
5uJ.aJ
1003.50
244.80
36o.al
1350.00
2250.00
450.03
2025.00
10125.CCl
1912.50
2250.00
1350.00
1462.50
607.50
1633.50
1980.00
loO.CO
25oo.cu
3609530
Page 1
9/l 1196
3=
Cify of Carlsbad
Microwave Equipment List
Mlcrowave Equipment
Product
Item Qty Type Product Number Description
DIgItal MCIU wave Rado Spur IO.6 GM
Unit Price Total
1 2 DRP
2 2 DRP
Service Channel
3 1 DAE
Supervkory Alarm/Control
4 1 Moscad F&O0
4a 1 Moscad VC51
Moscad Wall Mount MU. Less radio, less Radio
Interface. Installation Manual 3 amp AC
power supply and 5 AH battery backup 1681.30
Moscad 19’ Rack Mount Configuration O.CfJ
Replace standard d-slot MB with (4CPU + 4
I/O) MB 17o.al
Delete Power Supply, 5AH battery and 2nd 1Q
backplane -280.50
Add Moscad CPU 300 1132.20
Add Async RS232 interface (one per CPU
required) 131.75
1681.30
0.00
4b 1 Moscad V369AA 17o.aJ
4c 1 Moscad V274AG
4d 1 Moscad V425AB
-280.50
1132.20
4e 2 Moscad V345 263.50
4 f 1 Moscad V115
4g 1 Moscad V516
Digital Input Module. 16 inputs/2 counters
consisting of 12 form A and 4 form C relay
output closures
244.80
437.75
244.80
437.75
5 1 Moscad FKN440IA RS485 CPU Interconnect Cable 12.75 12.75
10.6 15 Gtiz Antenna System
6 2 PDX P2-105Ai352513
7 4 PDX 190DE/CPROOG
8 2 POX 5x01-90
9 2 PDX wFTP9@-24-105
10 235 PDX EW90
11 7 PDX 42396A-5
12 7 PDX 3 1769-5
13 7 PDX 31768A
14 6 PDX 204989-32
15 2 PDX 29958
16 2 PDX 48939-w
17 2 PDX 48940-4
18 2 PDX 31771-6
2’ Standard Antenna e/w Radome
Connector, Standard
Presssure Window
Rex Twist Waveguide (2 ft.)
Elliptical Waveguide (per foot)
Hanger Kit (10 per kit: 4 ft spacing)
Hartiware Kit (3/4’ long)
Angle Adapter Kit (10 per kit)
Grounding Kit (with field Attachment Lug)
Hoisting Grip
Waveguide Boot (5 inch)
Feed-thru Plate (4 Openings)
Threaded Rod Support (5 per kii: 2 feet)
1862.69 3725.37
386.57 1546.27
68.66 137.31
516.42 1032.84
19.40 4559.70
53.73 376.12
17.91 125.37
86.57 605.97
!ixz? 331.34
53.73 107.46 !I] 4i
264%
.!02.97
528.36
150.75 301.49
i?essurlzation Equlpmen#
19 1 PDX MTGO-101
Chargers
Dehydrator e/w Low Pressure Alarm (wall mow 3205.97
CHARGERS ( 1+ 1 Redundant)
3205.97
20 1 PDC A36F-2048V-Al
Battery P/ants
Terminal HP (MHSBI e/w 4 DS I 69338.81 138677.61
Ml-2 Unit 864.18 1728.36
DVS-II - Terminal or 2-Way; e/w handset 3735.82 3735.82
Input: Single Phase 120VlbOHr Output: 48VDC: Rack 7.5
height x 23’ width: Seismic Zone 4 Rack (7.5’ height x 23’
width): Gound Bar: Lug Kit; Battery Disconnect Panel: Equaliie
Timer; Breaker Panel.
Output 20 Amps 9182.09 9182.09
(Includes Seismic Zone 4 Modular Steel Trays)
21 1 PDC 5OAO5 GNB 105 AH Battery Plant 5153.73 5153.73
Mlcrowave Equipment Total 178925.98
Page I
Of I I/%
3?
Cif~ of Co&bad
Microwave Equipment List
22 SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING
220 1 SNA Applications Engineering
22b 1 SND Drafting
22c 1 SNS Systems Engineering
23
23a 1 SMI
23b 1 SMC
24 TRANSMISSION ENGINEERING
24a 1 SM Transmission Engineering
25 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND INSTALLATION 25a 1 SNP Program Management
25b 1 SNE Project Engineering
25 c 1 SNI field Engineering
25d 1 PDK Vendor Services
26
26a 1
26b 1
26c 1
986.57 986.57
1053.73 1053.73
68.66 68.66
FACTORY INTEGRATION AND SYSTEM TEST
SPIQ
SIPQ Customer Acceptance Support
8083.58 8083.58
179.10 179.10
2352.24
3844.78 3844.78
3682.09 3682.09
17064.18 17064.18
25435.82 25435.82
FREIGHT
’ FREIGHT TO HARRIS FARINON/VENDOR
Freight for Rectifiers/Chargers to Vendor
FREIGHT TO SITE
8547.76
Freight for Antennas to Carlsbad 14850.75
Rack freight for equipment to San Diego 7910.45
MIcrowave Services Total
2352.24
8547.76
14850.75
7910.45
94059.70
Microwave System Total 272985.68
Page 2
9/i 1/%
-_
City of Carlsbad
Schedule B
Lease Number: 20691
Payment Number Payment Date Payment Amount Interest Amount Principal Amount Remaining Balance Concluding Payment
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
z/1197 $79,265.17 $12.566.60 $66,69&57
z/w98 $79,265.17 $48.1 is.73 $31,145&i
2/1/99 $79,265.17 $45.970.69 $33,294.48
2/l/00 $79,265.17 $43,673.37 $35,591 .a0
2/l/01 $79,265.17 $41,217.54 $38,047.63
2/l/02 $79.265.17 $38,592.25 $40,672.92
2/l/03 $79,265.17 $35,785.82 $43,479.35
2/l/04 $79,265.17 S32,785.74 $46,479.43
2/l/05 $79,265.17 $29,578.66 $49.686.51
2/l/06 $79,265.17 $26.150.30 $53.114.87
2/l/07 $79,265.17 $22,485.37 $56,779.80
2/i/08 $79,265.17 U&567.56 $60,697.61
2/l 109 $79,265.17 $14,379.43 S64,885.74
2/l/10 $79,265.17 $9,902.31 $69.362.86
2/l/11 $79.265.17 $5.116.27 $74,148.90
9764,085.si
$697,387.34
$666,241 .QO
$632,947.42
$597,355.62
$559,307.99
$518,635.07
$475,155.72
$428,676.29 $378,989.79
$325874.91
$269,095.11
$208,397.50
$143,511.76
$74,148.90
$0.00
Totals Si,iaa,977.55 $424,891.65 $764,085.99
Initial Insurance Requirement: $764,085.90
Except as specifically provided in Section Nine of the Lease hereof, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor or its
assignee the Lease Payments, including the interest portion, in the amounts and dates specified in the
above payment schedule.
LESSEE:
City of Carlsbad, California
anager
$732,256.71
$699,553.99
$664,594.79
$627,223.40
$587,273.39 $534,194.12
$489.4io.39
$441.536.58
$390,359.48 $332,392.41
$271,7a6.06
$208,397.50
$143,511.76
$74,148.90
$0.00
CERTIFICATE OF .INCUMBENCY
1, KAREN R. KUNDTZ
(Secretary/Clerk of City of Carlsbad)
do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or
appointed and acting Secretary or Clerk of City of Carlsbad an entity duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of California that I have custody of the records of such entity, and
that, as of the date hereof, the individuals named below are the duly elected or appointed officers
of such entity holding offices set forth opposite of their respective names. I further certify that (i)
the signatures set opposite their respective names and titles are their true and authentic signatures
and (ii) such officers have the authority on behalf of such entity to enter into that certain
Equipment Lease Purchase Number 2069 1 dated 11/15/96 , and that certain Schedule A
number 20691 between the City of San Diego and Motorola, Inc.
Name
CLAUDE A. LEWIS
(Person executing Lease)
Title
Mayor
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate and affixed the seal of the City of
Carlsbad hereto this 15th day of November , 1996.
City Clerk City of Carlsbad a d
SEAL
STATEMENT OF ESSENTIAL USE/SOURCE OF FUNDS
To further understand the essential governmental use intended for the equipment together with an
understanding of the sources from which payments will be made, please address the following
questions by completing this form or by sending a separate letter:
1. What is the specific use of the equipment?
2. Why is the equipment essential to the operation of the City of Carlsbad?
3. Does the equipment replace existing equipment?
If so, why is the replacement being made?
4. Is there a specific cost justification for the new equipment?
If yes, please attach outline of justification
5. What is the expected source of funds for the payments due under the Lease for
the current fiscal year and future fiscal years?
Lessee: City of Carlsbad, California
By:
GEOR TTLE, POLICE CAPTAIN
Its: Project Manager
Date: November , 1996
EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE
Fire, extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance for all of the Equipment listed on Schedule A
number 2069 1 dated 11/ 15 / 96 to that certain Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number 2069 1 dated 11/X / 96
will be maintained by City of San Diego as stated in the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement.
This insurance shall name MOTOROLA, INC. or its assignee as additional insured and loss payee for the term of the
Schedule A number 20691 dated 11/15/96 .
This insurame is provided by:
Name of insurance provider
Address of insurance provider
City, State and Zip Code
Phone number of insurance provider
In accordance with the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement Number 2069 1, City of Carlsbad hereby certifies that
following coverage are or will be in full force and effect:
Type Amount Effective Expiration
Date Date
Policy
Number
Fire and Extended Coverage
Property Damage
Public Liability
Lessee: City of Carlsbad, California Insurance Provider:
By: By:
Its: Its:
Date: November , 1996 Date:
. ,
- +mn 8038-G
qev. my 10931
Oecmmenr cd me Treasury Internal Revenue Sewce
information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Obligations
b Under Internal Revenue Code sectton 149(e)
l See separate Instructions.
(Use Form 8038-GC If the Issue pnce IS under $100.000.)
OMB No 1515.0720
Reporting Authority If Amended Return, check here b 11
1 Issuer s name 2 Issuer s employer fdentlflcation number
City of Carlsbad
3 Number and street (or P.O. box If mail IS not deltvered to street address) Roomisulte 4 Report number
2560 Orion Way -. ;- 9 -
5 City. town. state, and ZIP coae 6 Date of Issue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
7 Name of Issue 6 CUSlP Number
mype of Issue (check applicable box(es) and enter the issue price) . .
9 0 Education (attach schedule-see instructions) .................
10 q Health and hosprtal (attach schedulesee instructions). .............
11 0 Transportation . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 12 a Public safety. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 17 Environment (including sewage bonds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .
14 q Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15 Cl Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 q Other. Describe (see Instructions) b
23 Proceeds used for bond issuance costs (including underwriters’ discount) .
24 Proceeds used for credit enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 Proceeds allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement fund . .
26 Proceeds used to refund prior issues . . . . . . , . . . . .
27 Total (add lines 23 through 26) . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 N/A
28 Nonrefunding proceeds of the issue (subtract line 27 from line 22 and enter amount here). , . 28 ) N/A
m . . Description of Refunded Bonds (complete this part only for refunding bonds)
29 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the bonds to be refunded . . . . . . b N/A years
30 Enter the last date on which the refunded bonds will be called . , . . . . . . . . . ä N/A
31 Enter the date(s) the refunded bonds were issued b N/A
Miscellaneous
32 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue . . . . . . . . . . b N/A
33 Enter the amount of the bonds designated by the issuer under section 265(b)(3)(B)(i)(M) (small issuer
exception) . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . b N/A
34 Pooled financings:
a Enter the amount of the proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units b N/A
b If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue, check box b 0 and enter;he;ame of the
issuer b and the date of the issue b
36 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of rebate, check box . . . . . . b c] N/A
1 Under penalties of pequry, I declare that I have examcned thls return and accompanying schedules and statements. and IO the best Of my knowledge
and belJ. they are true, correct. and complete.
Please Sign Here 4/s’-9L GEORGE SUTTLE, Police Captain
Signature Date Type or print name and title
- For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see page 1 of the Instructions. Cat. NO. 637-m Fom, 8038-G (Rev. s-93)
‘u.s.QowmumPrhttngoftka lss3-sws4iBolxI 3‘
I - “LOIDEI) F”oM STATE OF CALIFORNIA
p;$g-~ $. 1 n =- UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE - FINANCING STATEMENT - FORM UCC-1 (REV. l/1/91)
mn Pnw,>. _._.” -..__- aNOK& MN. I‘303 e (61.2, .a-1713 IA. 3RTANT-Read instructions on back befor\ .rling out form
- - -
This FINANCING STATEMENT is presented for filing and will remain effective with certain exceptions for a period of five years from the date of filing pursuant to section 9403 of the California Uniform Commercial Code.
1. DEBTOR (LIST NAME FIRS-IF AN ,ND,“,DU*L, I A. SOCIAL SLCURII” OR FEDER*L TAX NO.
City of Carlsbad
18. MAILING ADDRESS IC. CITY. STATE 1 D. LlP CODE
2560 orinnv Carlsbad, CA 92008 2. ADDITIONAL DEBTOR (IF ANY, (LAST NAME FIR,ILIF AN lNDwlDU*L, 2A. SOCIAL CEC”R~TY OR FLDERAL TAX NO.
2% MAILING ADDRESS 2c. CITY. STATE 2D. ZIP CODE
3. DEBTOR’S TRADE NAMES OR STYLES ,IF*N*, 3A. FEDERAL TAX NUMBER
4. SECURED PARTY
NAME Motorola, Inc. M*ILING*DDRLSS 1307 E. Algonquin Road C,TY Schaumburg STATE IL
5. ASSIGNEE OF SECURED PARTY (IF ANY,
N*MS
4A. SOC,AL SECUIIIY “0 IEDL~LL TAX wo OR lAWI 111"51T AWD A I A. no.
ZIPCODE 60196
5A. SOCIAL SEC”“,,” NO FEDE”&L T&I: no 01 I*** T”*nSlT IlID A m A. wo.
YAlLlNG ADoRLs*
ClTY sr*Te ZIP CODE
6. This FINANCING STATEMENT covers the following types or items of property (include description of real property on which located and owner of record when required by instruction 4).
Refer to the attached equipment list.
7. CHECK
IF APPLICABLE
-
75. DEBTOR(B) SIGNATURE NOT REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
PRODUCTSOFCOLLATERAL INSTRUCTION 5(a) ITEM:
AREALSOCOVERED j-J(l) U(2) O(3) O(4)
3’ :~:::,,,A,~ j 0 DEBTOR IS A “TRANSMITTING UTILITY” IN ACCORDANCE WITH UCC 8 9105 (0 (n)
alifornia DATL'
TYPE OR PRlNt NAYC,S, OF OLSTORtS,
b
sIONAT”RE,*, OF Icc”RLO CARTY,ILS,
TVPE OR PRINT N*YLt*, OF ,LC”RLD PARTY,IES,
1 1. Return copy to:
NAME r ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE /-
1
-I
FORM “CC-I- Approved by the Secmtmry of State
c
0
D
E -
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
s
0
10. THIS SPACE FOR USE OF FILING OFFICER (DATE. TIME. FILE NUMBER AND FILING OFFICER)
-
-. San Diego Coun’“- Imperial County
Regional Communications System
9335 Hazard Way, Suite 105, San Diego, California 92123
Phone (619)694-3663 Fax (619)694-3433
PAGE 1 OF 2
ENCUMBRANCE
Date: October 31, 1996
VENDOR NAME: MOTOROLA, INC.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Purchase of equipment for the 800 Mhz Dispatch Center and Microwave System for the City of
Carlsbad. See attached Schedule A of the Equipment Lease-Purchase Agrement Lease No.
20691 for the amount of $764,085.91 with the equipment list.
$ AMOUNT: TASK: $79,265.71 531
PROJECT COMPONENT:
User Equipment
ORG: 8651 ACTIVITY: KK5015 P.O. # : N/A
ACCOUNT # CONTRACT #: WORK AUTHORIZATION#:
2315 Lease no. 20691 N/A
SIGNATURE
Contracting Officer’s Curt Munro, Project Manager
Technical Representative Dept. of Information Services li?&fLY-
“7; -3 / -9-6
RCS Board of Directors
Chief Dennis Van Der Maten
Carlsbad Fire Department
Participating Agency Name: Jim Elliott
Authorized Representative Title: Director of Finance
City of Carlsbad
___________________ -- _______________________________________ Board of i i i Directors ________________ -- ______-------_______--------------- -----
Chief Dennis VanDerMaaten, Carlabad Fire Depart mnet Chief Roger Pwdie, b%istn Fire Department - Chief Rolrer~ Vi, G&bad P&x Deportment
Comm,nLr Tom zon, San D+o Count, Sheriff’ I)epartment Dan E&r/L, executiw Director, San Diqo County Ofice of Dkuter Prepa&ea~
ChiefDarr~Jobes, East County Fire Protection District - Chief E tin Wib, Ran& Saute Fe Fire Protection District Lorry Jacbxm, Heartbnd Commutaicattins Fuikty
AuthorityChief Ha&f Feueretein, eI Centre Fire Deportment - Chief Harold ( 7a rt er, El Centre P&x Deprtment - Capt& Ernie Menab, Imperia/County She&H &p&mat
Dave &chett, Ofice ofthe ChiefAdministrrrtive Of&v, County oflmptiai - Dan /oh naon, Cal$wnia IIqxwtmetrt o f Transportation
t c 0 M MOTOROLA
Credit Corporation
February 11, 1997
Captain George Suttle
City of Carlsbad Police Department
2560 Orion Way
Carlsbad, CA 92008
Re: Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement
Dispatch CentedMicrowave System
Dear Captain Suttle:
Enclosed please find a Certificate of Incumbency in connection with the Equipment Lease
Purchase Agreement dated November 15, 1996. ,Your execution of the Schedule A to the
Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement on the City’s behalf requires your signature on the
Certificate of Incumbency.
Please sign the certificate where indicated and forward to Ms. Karen Kundtz for her
signature.
Once complete, please forward the certificate to my attention at the following address:
Motorola, Inc.
Attn.: Dave Peterson ’
1307 E. Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, IL 60 196
Thank you for your cooperation. Please feel free to contact me at (847) 725-4385 if you
have any questions.
Regards,
Motorola, Inc.
Financing Manager
cc: Ed Walencikowski
,:$(;I , ,;,,, ,‘~!,:*,v;, ,’ )‘I ‘,’ 1 J,,,, I,:;.!, ” ,1,/ I I ‘,!‘#1> :!i!i)O) :>47 “iAl>
CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY
I, Karen R. Kundtz do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or appointed and acting Secretary
(Secretary/Clerk of the Lessee)
or Clerk of City of Carlsbad an entity duly organized and existing under the laws of California
that I have custody of the records of such entity, and that, as of the date hereof, the individual
named below is the duly elected or appointed officer of such entity holding office set forth
opposite of his respective name. I further certify that (i) the signature set opposite his respective
name and title is his true and authentic signature and (ii) such officer has the authority on behalf
of such entity to enter into that certain Equipment Lease Purchase Number 20691 dated
November 15, 1996, and that certain Schedule A number 20691 between the City of Carlsbad
and Motorola, Inc.
Name Title Signature ,
George Suttle Police Captain/Project Manager
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate and affixed the seal of the City of
Car! sbad, Ca1iiorni.a hereto this 14th day of February , 1997.
By: 5iifgGc=
KAREN R. KUNDTZ, A sistant City Clerk
SEAL
EXHIBIT C TO
MOTOROLA AGREEMENT
DATED NOV 15 1996
San Diego County - Imperial County
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and
Microwave System
0 M MOTOROLA
Communications and Electronics Inc.
June 6,1996
Captain George Suttle
Police Department
City of Carlsbad
2560 Orion Way
Carlsbad, CA 92008
Dear Captain Suttle:
Motorola is pleased to present our response and proposal to your request for
new dispatch center and microwave system equipment and services for the City
of Carlsbad. The system design and equipment offering is a result of numerous
- meetings with you and your staff to determine the latest state.of the art radio
-dispatching equipment which will operate your existing and future I83 system
communication requirements.
The project overview, equipment descriptions and statement of work included as
part of our proposal describes in further detail the system proposed to the City of
Carlsbad.
Motorola understands that the City of Carlsbad is a lead member of the RCS and,
therefore, Motorola has extended similar equipment models, pricing & services
as those we contracted for in the agreement between Motorola and the RCS on
December 29,1995 to the City of Carlsbad.
It is our understanding that the City of Carlsbad will enter into a lease purchase
agreement with Motorola as part of the proposed master lease purchase
agreement proposed to the RCS. The sample equipment lease agreement has
been included for your review. Also enclosed are detailed equipment price
sheets and a system equipment summary
We appreciate the opportunity to submit our proposal to the City of Carlsbad
and look forward once again to working with you on this project.
Sincerely,
Motorola, Inc.
Ernie Tate
Vice President,
Western Division
Western Division
9980 Carroll Canyon Road. San ihego. CA 92131 (619) 578-2222 l-8CO-4453620
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Table of Contents
TABLE of CONTENTS
1. PROJECT OVERVIEW 1
1.1 Dispatch Ceder Overview 1.1.1 Major System Components 1.1.2 Carlsbad Dispatch Center Configuration
2 2 2
13 Microwave Overview 4
2. PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 5
2.1 Imph?xndaHon Phases
2.1.1 Dispatch Center Equipment Factory Staging Phase 2.1.2 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Installation and Integration Phase 2.1.3 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Optimization Phase -
2.1.4 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Acceptance Testing Phase 2.1.5 Conditional Acceptance Milestones - Beneficiai Use 2.1.6 Microwave System Implementation Phase
2.1.7 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Instailation and Integration Phase
2.1.8 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Optimization Phase
2.1.9 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Acceptance Testing Phase 2.1.10 Final Acceptance Milestones by Subsystem 2.1.11 Operator Training
2.2 Project Timeline 12
2.3 Dispatch Center Equipment Responsibly Matrix 13
2.3.1 Site and Building Responsibilities 14
2.3.2 System Implementation Responsibilities 15
2.3.3 System Acceptance Responsibilities 16
2.3.4 General Project Responsibiities 17
2.4 Microwave Responsibility Matrix 18
2.4.1 Microwave Project Responsibilities 18
2.4.2 Transmission Engineering 19
2.4.3 Civil Engineering 19
2.4.4 Towers/Tripod/Foundation 19
2.4.5 AntennaNaveguide System 20
2.4.6 Shelters/Structure/Foundations 20
2.4.7 Drawing Requirements 21
2.4.8 Project Engineering Requirements 21
2.4.9 Equipment Installation 22
25 system Documentation 23
25.1 As-Built Drawings 23
2.5.2 As-Built Information 23
2.5.3 Standard Equipment Manuals 24
6 6 7
8
9
9
9
10 10
10 11 11
6W96 Page i
-
-.
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Table of Contents
2.6 Installation Standards 25
2.7 Trafning Plan 2.7.1 Training Course Descriptions 2.7.1.1 RCS System Overview 2.7.1.2 Mobiles, Portables, Control Stations, and Digital Desksets 2.7.1.3 CENTIWCOM Dispatch Operator Training - Phase I
2.7.1.4 CENTRACOM Dispatch Operator Training - Phase II 2.7.1.5 Data System Overview 2.7.1.6 Mobile Data Terminals 2.7.2 Video Taping Course Presentations
2.8 Acceptance Test Procedures 2.8.1 Dispatch Console Equipment ATP - Initial Configuration 2.8.1.1 Footswitch & Mouse Operation 2.8.1.2 Conventional Channel Selection and Call 2.8.1.3 Transmit and Receive Audio 2.8.1.4 Intercom 2.8.1.5 RadioK’elephone Headset Interface 2.8.1.6 Volume and Muting
2.8.1.7 Multiselect
2.8.1.8 Console Priority
2.8.1.9 Conventional Patch 2.8.1.10 Alert Tones 2.8.2 Dispatch Console Equipment ATP - Final Configuration 2.8.2.1 Footswitch & Mouse Operation 2.8.2.2 Trunked Console Talkgroup Selection and Call 2.8.2.3 Console Busy Indication and CaU Back 2.8.2.4 Multigroup or Announcement Group Call 2.8.2.5 Emergency Alarm Display Processing
2.8.2.6 Transmit and Receive Audio
2.8.2.7 Intercom 2.8.2.8 Radioflelephone Headset Interface 2.8.2.9 Volume and Muting 2.8.2.10 Multiselect without Group Regrouping 2.8.2.11 Multiselect with Group Regrouping 2.8.2.12 Console Priority 2.8.2.13 TaIkgroup Patch 2.8.2.14 Talkgroup Patch without Group Regrouping 2.8.2.15 Alert Tones 2.8.3 Microwave Equipment ATP 2.8.3.1 Factory Acceptance Test Plan 2.8.3.2 Field Acceptance Test Plan
26 27
28 28 28 28 28 29
29
30
32
33
35
37
39 41
43 46 48 49
51 53 54
56 58
60
62 64 66 68 70 73 75 77 78 80 82 84 84
87
2.9 Certificate of Final System Acceptance 89
3. SYSTEM DRAWINGS 90
4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS 91
6w96 Page ii
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Table of Contents
4.1 Dispatch Center Equipment System Description 92
4.1.1 Dispatcher CRT Consoles 93
4.1.2 Trunked Console Features 96
4.1.2.1 Footswitch and Mouse Gperation 96 4.1.22 Trunked Talkgroup Selection and Call 96
4.1.2.3 Console Busy Indication and Call Back 96
4.1.2.4 MultiGroup or Announcement Group Call 97
4.1.2.5 Emergency Alarm Display 97
4.1.2.6 Multiselect with Group Regrouping 97
4.1.2.7 Console Priority 98
4.1.2.8 Talkgroup Patch 98
4.1.3 Central Electronics Bank 98
4.1.4 Office Style Furniture 99
-
L
4.2 Microwave System Description 101
4.2.1 Microwave Radios 101
4.2.2 DVIvllO-8T 101
4.2.3 Antenna and Transmission Lines 102
4.2.4 Power Systems 103
4.3 PREMISYS lMACS/o Channel Banks
4.3.1 chassis
4.3.2 Redundant CPU/Power Supplies and WAN Cards
4.3.3 CPU card
4.3.4 Power Supply
4.3.5 Ring Generator 4.3.6 WAN Card
4.3.7 Iilterfm card
4.3.8 Nodal Port
4.3.9 Control Terminal Port
4.3.10 User Cards
4.3.10.1 SRU Cards
4.3.10.2 E&M Card
4.3.10.3 HSU Card
104 104 104 106 106 106 106 106 106
107
107 107
107
107
5. EQUIPMENT LISTS 108
5.1 Dfspatch Center Equipment 109
53 Console Interface Equipment 111
53 Microwave Equipment 112
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Project Overview
1. PROJECT OVERVIEW
This document describes the scope of a new dispatch center and microwave link
for the City of Carlsbad to interface with the new Regional Communications
System (RCS) which will be implemented over the next two years. The dispatch
center and RCS will support public safety and public service communications for
the City of Carlsbad, as well as most of the cities and county agencies throughout
San Diego County.
-
The City of Carlsbad has provided a leadership role in moving the RCS from a
concept to a reality. The radio users and dispatchers within the City of Carlsbad
will soon be able to communicate among themselves and with neighboring
agencies through the RCS infrastructure. The implementation of new state-of-the-
art dispatch center equipment and a high speed digital microwave link to integrate
the dispatch information with the RCS infrastructure represents a major step
towards the implementation of the RCS solution.
The Solution - Regionaiized Communications with Local Control
The RCS system solution will allow the City of Carlsbad to manage all their day to
day business independently. Yet, in the event of a disaster or special event
requiring cooperative effort, Carlsbad will, be able to communicate county-wide
and on an inter-county basis with Imperial County on the RCS backbone.
The RCS dispatch design which incorporates the Carlsbad dispatch center allows
Carlsbad to provide on-going conventional communications and locally maintain
the heart of their dispatch center electronics. This decentralized approach provides
redundancy among the dispatch centers linked into the RCS infrastructure. It also
allows for resource sharing, minimizing cost and system duplication among the
participating agencies.
The City of Carlsbad has participated as members of the RCS Board guiding
decisions on a system-wide level and has also worked together with Motorola’s
staff to develop a system design which will meet the needs of the City of Carlsbad
both today and for the H-year useful life of the system.
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 1
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Overview
1.1 Dispatch Center Overview
Radio dispatch and call taker positions will be located at the Carlsbad Safety
Center. Workstation furniture is provided for the five dispatch and two call taker
positions.
1.1.1 Major System Components
The major system components of the dispatch center equipment include the
following:
-
-.
l Dispatcher CRT consoles
l Central Electronics Banks (CEB) -
Dispatcher CRT Consoles - The console interface electronics contains the
select and unselect audio speakers with separate volume controls, built-in
condenser microphone, radio and telephone input volume level controls, VU
meter, and operator position console electronics, associated cables, and power
supply. The operator controls the console system from a 2-button mouse, or
keyboard monitor.
Channel Control Windows (CCW) -The CCWs shown on the CRT will be
used to monitor and control individual talkgroups, conventional radio channels,
and other radio calls. The audio of a selected CCW is heard through the select
speaker and the audio of all unselected CCWs is heard through the unselect
speaker.
Central Electronics Bank (CEB) - The CEB consists of card cages and power
supplies mounted in 90-inch racks. The CEBs are remotely located from the
dispatch operators. The card cages house the interface boards to the conventional
base stations, interfaces for each of the dispatcher positions, voting comparator
interfaces, and interfaces to the Embassy Audio Switch, located at San Diego
County’s Primary Systems Center (PSC).
1.1.2 Carlsbad Dispatch Center Configuration
Radio dispatch positions and call taker positions will be located at the Carlsbad
Safety Center. A ‘I-pair cable connects the operator positions with the CEB. Workstation furniture will provide room for the CRT console equipment and call
check equipment, as well as the existing CAD terminal, status terminal, CLETS
terminal, and 911 hardware at each operator position in the communication center.
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 2
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Overview
-
Workstation furniture and multi-line call check recorders are provided for the call
taker positions. Each position will have a desk-top call check remote controller.
The CEB will be located in equipment room adjacent to the dispatch area. The
CEB will interface to the Embassy Audio Switch redundant microwave link which
will interface with the RCS microwave system at Lake San Marcos. The following
table displays the conventional hardware requirements for the CEB, showing
interface hardware for both long term conventional equipment and conventional
equipment which will be utilized only until the migration to the RCS system.
BIM#
BIM #l
BIM #2
BIM#3
BIM#4
BIM #5
BIM #6
BIM #7
USE
PD PRIM BIM
PD TAC BIM
OPD BIM
PUB WORKS
BIM
FTREBIM
FD BIM Local
SPARE
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MSTDOC Page 3
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Overview
1.2 Microwave Overview
The Carlsbad .dispatch center will utilize the RCS Digital Microwave System,
interfacing with *is system via a microwave spur into the RCS North Loop. This
link will be between the Carlsbad Dispatch Center and the RCS Lake San Marcos
site.
This microwave link will integrate the Carlsbad dispatch center into the RCS
dispatch and RF infrastructure.
-
-.
The Carlsbad microwave spur will be implemented and tested as a part of the RCS
microwave system.
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 4
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Project Implementation Plan
2. PROJECTIMPLEMENTATIONPLAN
The project implementation plan defmes the work to be performed as part of this
contract. This plan provides for the implementation of the City of Carlsbad
dispatch center, related console interface hardware, and digital microwave spur
into the RCS microwave system.
The project implementation plan includes the project phases and timeline.
Reference is made to equipment lists, and other sections of the Statement of Work
to more specifically define the work to be performed.
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 5
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
2.1 Implementation Phases
The project implementation plan is divided into the following phases and
acceptance milestones which are briefly described in the following sections:
1. Dispatch Center Equipment Factory Staging Phase
2. Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Installation and Integration Phase
3. Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Optimization Phase
4. Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Acceptance Test Phase
5. Conditional System Acceptance Phase
6. Microwave Equipment System Implementation Phase
7. Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Installation and Integration Phase
8. Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Optimization Phase
9. Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Acceptance Test Phase
10. Final System Acceptance Phase
11. Warranty Period Maintenance Phase
12. Operator Training Phase
13. Total System Acceptance Milestone
2.1.1 Dispatch Center Equipment Factory Staging Phase
The dispatch center equipment and console interface equipment will be assembled
and tested at Motorola’s Schaumburg, Illinois facility. The equipment will be
initially configured and tested to operate as a part of the RCS infrastructure. It
will then be m-configured and tested for conventional operation.
The following information will be completed prior to the start of factory staging:
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 6
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
l Final system drawings
l Final equipment lists and processed factory orders
l Console and field unit programming documentation
l Rack elevation drawings
l Room and rack layout drawings
Factory staging tasks include:
Equipment delivery scheduling and inventory
Physical assembly and mounting of system components
Precise measurement, cutting and connectorizing of cables and transmission
lines
Labeling and documenting all cables and transmission lines
Integrating system components and software
Configuration of equipment programmed parameters
Adjustment and documentation of system levels
Performing equipment and system tests.
Developing system as-built documentation
Factory tests of the system components will be conducted and the results recorded
on standard factory test data forms, which will be included in the as-built system
documentation.
Factory acceptance testing will be performed to validate the system operation and
specifications. The equipment will be approved by Carlsbad if the equipment and
software is furnished and performs in accordance with the factory test procedures
described in the Acceptance Test Procedures section. A Test Acceptance
Certificate will be completed to certify that the equipment has been approved for
delivery.
2.1.2 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Installation and Integration Phase
Upon completion of factory staging, the dispatch center equipment will be
delivered and installed at the final equipment location. The equipment to be
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 7
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
installed will consist of CRT dispatch stations, furniture, and the Central
Electronics Bank (CEB). This equipment will be configured to control Carlsbad’s
existing conventional equipment, in parallel with the existing console currently
used by Carlsbad. The operator positions and furniture will be put into service on
an operator position by operator position basis. When all of the operator positions
are interfaced to the RP equipment via the new CEB, the old equipment will be
disconnected from the existing conventional systems. Carlsbad will be responsible
for removing and storing the old console equipment, cables, and accessories.
Carlsbad will also be responsible for storage space for RF interface equipment
which will not be installed and operational until the cutover to the RCS. This
equipment includes the channel bank, LAN hardware, bitrunnr, and hub.
SmartZone digital 800 MHz trunked control stations which are intended to back
up console operations in the event of console failure will be installed during the
initial hardware installation, but remain unprogrammed until the cutover to the
RCS.
Delivery, installation, and integration tasks include:
l Ship, inventory, and warehouse equipment
l Deliver equipment to final equipment locations and inventory
l Install racks and mounting hardware
l Install cables and transmission lines
l Connect equipment to site ground and AC power
l Turn on equipment and perform equipment checks
l Perform system integration tasks and system performance tests
l Perform R56 site audits
l Prepare as-built documentation
2.1.3 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Optimization Phase
Upon completion of the equipment installation and integration, system
optimisation testing will begin.
The dispatch center equipment optimization tasks include:
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 8
-.
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
l Equipment configuration adjustments and checks
l Verification of system operation including functional system performance
l Finalize as-built documentation
Existing RF equipment will not be modified or optimized under the scope of this
contract.
2.1.4 Dispatch Center Equipment Initial Acceptance Testing Phase
Upon completion of the equipment and system optimization, field acceptance
testing will begin. Acceptance test procedures will be performed as defined in the
Acceptance Test Procedures sections. _.
Refer to the Dispatch Center Equipment ATP - Initial Configuration section for
detailed ATP procedures.
2.1.5 Conditional Acceptance Milestones - Beneficial Use
Upon successful completion and written approval of the dispatch center equipment
acceptance test, conditional acceptance will be deemed to have occurred and a
final acceptance period for each subsystem will begin. Upon conditional
acceptance, Carlsbad may then begin beneficial use of the dispatch equipment The
channel bank and other console interface item acceptance period will run
concurrent with conditional acceptance of the dispatch center equipment in its final
configuration.
2.1.6 Microwave System Implementation Phase
Microwave implementation tasks include:
l Factory staging and acceptance testing
l Delivery to sites
l Antenna install, test & align
l Pressurization install & test
l DC Power install 4% test
l RF Equipment install, optimize & test
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 9
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
-
-.
l As-Built documentation
2.1.7 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Installation and Integration Phase
Upon acceptance of the RCS 800 MHz RF infrastructure and microwave system
by San Diego County, the RF infrastructure and remaining dispatch center
equipment will be installed and the equipment programmed for its final
configuration. The equipment to be installed will consist of the LAN to link the
operator positions, AIM1 boards in the CEB, network hub, Bitrunnr, and Premisys
channel bank This equipment will be configured to interface with the 800 MHz
SmartZone system through the microwave. The existing conventional equipment
will continue to interface to the operator positions until the it is taken out of
service.
Backup control stations will be programmed for operation on the RCS at this time.
2.1.8 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Optimization Phase
Upon completion of the equipment installation and integration for final system
configuration, system optimization testing will begin.
The dispatch center equipment optimization tasks include:
l Equipment configuration adjustments and checks
0 Verification of proper system performance over microwave
l Equipment and system level programming optimization
l Verification of subsystem operation including functional system performance
l Finalize as-built documentation
2.1.9 Dispatch Center Equipment 800 MHz Cutover Acceptance Testing Phase
Upon completion of the equipment and system optimization, field acceptance
testing will begin. Acceptance test procedures will be performed as defined in the
Acceptance Test Procedures sections.
Refer to the Dispatch Center Equipment ATP - Final Configuration section for
detailed ATP procedures.
614496 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 10
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Implementation Phases
Acceptance milestones are defined as follows: -
Dispatch Center Equipment Factory Staging Acceptance
Microwave Subsystem Factory Staging Acceptance
Microwave Subsystem Final Acceptance
Channel Bank Equipment Final Acceptance
Dispatch Center Equipment Field Acceptance
Total System Acceptance,
2.1.10 Final Acceptance Milestones by Subsystem
The final acceptance period is defined as the time period required to resolve all
conditions not accepted at the time of conditional acceptance, i.e., completion of
acceptance test.
At the completion of the acceptance period for the final system configuration, final system acceptance will be deemed to have occurred.
If there are no conditions at the completion of the acceptance test plan, both
conditional and final acceptance will be deemed to have occurred.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.1.11 Operator Training
System level and operator level training will be conducted during the
implementation, acceptance and warranty periods as required. (Refer to the
training plan section.)
6/4/96
CSBD-MST.DOC
Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
Page 11
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Project Timeline .
2.2 Project Timeline
The project phases and milestones will be completed in conformance with the implementation timeline. If necessary, the implementation timeline will be revised
dependent upon the RCS implementation timeline.
-
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 12
City of Car&bad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
Responsibility Matrix
2.3 Dispatch Center Equipment Responsibility Matrix
The following sections defme the responsibilities of the City of Carlsbad and
Motorola for the scope of the entire dispatch center implementation.
-
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 13
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
Responsibility Matrix
2.3.1 Site and Building Responsibilities - -
1. Acquire all permits and licenses for the construction Carl&ad
and operation of all sites, and provide all site
improvements unless otherwise specified
2. Provide adequate access to ail sites Carlsbad
3. Provide adequate floor and waU space Carlsbad
4. Provide adequate tower space, antenna mounting Carlsbad
structures, and cable support ladders
5. Provide required specifications and stress analysis for Carlsbad
existing towers and retain responsibility for all tower
design and integrity issues
6. Provide adequate cable ingress /egress through walls Carlsbad
and between structures including any concrete coring
or support structures
7. Provide cable trays and seismic support structures Carlsbad
inside new and existing buildings
B. Provide adequate primary aud back-up site power, Carlsbad
circuit breakers, and AC outlets
3. Provide UPS and battery equipment as specified in the Carl&ad
equipment lists
LO. Provide adequate Heating, Ventilation, and Air
Conditioning
Carlsbad
11. Provide adequate ground system at all required C&bad
locations, unless otherwise specified (R56 compliant)
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 14
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
Responsibility Matrix
-
2.3.2 System Implementation Responsibilities
1. Engineer, furnish, and install the Carlsbad
dispatch center system
2. Provide logging recorders
3. Provide required technical and operational
information on existing systems
4. Temporary relocation of existing equipment
in equipment room for dispatch center
migration to new console equipment
5. Coordinate any work perfotmed by Motorola
subcontractors
6. Coordinate any work performed by Carlsbad
subcontractors
7. Develop and implement a &tailed operational
cutover plan to minimize disruption to
existing communications operations
3. Remove equipment, accessories, and cables
taken out of service after migration to new
cmsole
Motorola
Carlsbad
Carlsbad
Carlsbad
Motorola
carlsbad
Motorola
Carkbad
.
6M96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 15
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
Responsibility Matrix
-
2.3.3 System Acceptance Responsibilities
1. Install equipment at the sites and prepare Motorola
inventory records for review by Carlsbad
2. Examine inventory records of equipment Carlsbad
installed at sites and conditionally accept the
equipment as delivered and installed
3. Optimize dispatch equipment and prepare. Motorola
records for review by Carlsbad
4. Examine records of optimized equipment and Carlsbad -
conditionally accept the equipment as
operational
5. Perfoxm detailed acceptance test procedures Motorola
and prepare records for review by Carlsbad
6. Participate in or review acceptance test Carl&ad
records and issue a conditional acceptance
7. Resolve outstanding acceptance issues Motorola
(punchlist) and prepare records for review by,
Carlsbad
8. Participate in the resolution of conditional Carlsbad
acceptance issues and issue final system
aCCeptanU2
9. Upon final acceptance of all subsystems, sign Carlsbad
the final system acceptance certificate
6W96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 16
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
Responsibility Matrix
2.3.4 General Project Responsibilities
1. Provide warranty services as provided for in Motorola
this agreement
2. Provide maintenance services as provided for Motorola
in this agreement
3. Provide all training as defmed in the detailed Motorola
training plan
I 5. Develop console programming templates
I
Carlsbadhfotorola
I
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 17
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Responsibility Matrix
2.4 Microwave Responsibility Matrix
This section describes the City of Carlsbad’s responsibilities regarding their
microwave spur into the RCS. The RCS has accepted responsibility for the Lake
San Marcos end of the spur regarding the various areas described in the following
section. Carlsbad is entirely responsible for the Carlsbad Safety Center end of the
spur.
2.4.1 Microwave Project Responsibilities
1. Obtain certified documentation for the microwave dish
roof mount at the Carlsbad facility, veri@ing the mount
has sufficient loading capacity for the microwave dish.
Customer will be responsible for any public agency
approvals or documentation required
Carisbad
2. Provide staging warehouse and transportation of
equipment from the warehouse to the Carlsbad site
Motorola
Carlsbad
3. Provide access to site to perform work in accordance with
the project plan/schedule. Provide schedule of non-
standard hours for work to be performed if required
4. Provide engineering support to Carlsbad personnel to Motorola
bring the project to completion
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 18
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Responsibility Matrix
2.4.2 Transmission Engineering
-
1. Perform path feasibility calculations utilizing vendor Motorola
specifications
2. Perfotm path survey to confm path reliability study RCS
3. Perform frequency coordination and prepam FCC license Motorola
applications
4. Sign and submit FAA/PCC license applications. Remit Carlsbad
all fees required for application and licensing
-
5. Prepare, submit and file all necessary environmental Carlsbad
impact data
6. Recommend and approve antenna sim, type and Motorola
mounting height
Civil Engineering
1. Provide and install waveguide entry port and necessary
coring to roof top. Install cable trays as required
Carlsbad
3. Provide site layout drawing Carlsbad
2.4.4 Towers/Tripod/Foundation
1. Tower grounding in accordance to EZRA specification- Carlsbad
222B to site ground at Carlsbad site
2. Provide roof top footing preparation and any necessary Carlsbad
penetrations required for tripod or wall mount including
adequate earth ground in accordance with E[A standard
RS222P at Carlsbad site
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 19
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Responsibility Matrix
- _
-.
2.4.5 AntemWWaveguide System
1. Install customer provided tower leg pipe mounta
2. Install microwave dish at Carlsbad site
3. Install waveguide hardware and ground kits at Carlsbad
site
4. Terminate waveguide at Cdsbnd site
5. Install pressurization quipment
6. Pressure test waveguide
7. Orient and align microwave dish
8. Provide communications required for
orientation/alignment of antennas (tower-to-ground, site-
to-site)
2.4.6 Shelters/StructureA?ou~dations
Carl&ad
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
1. Provide AC power complete with all breakers necessary Carlsbad
for the installation of equipment at the Carlsbad site
2. Provide station, site grounding in accordance with &I-
222E!R56 standards
Carlsbad
6W96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 20
-
-.
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Responsibility Matrix b
2.4.7 Drawing Requirements
1. Floor Plans
I
G&bad/Motorola
2. Rack Profile (FWL) Motorola
3. Block and Level (BL) Motorola
4. Equipment Wiring (EW) Motorola
5. Tl Routing Plan (CP) Motorola
6. System Layout (SL))
I
Motorola -
2.4.8 Project Engineering Requirements
1. Installation specification to include installation detail Motorola
and perform equipment Acceptance Test Plan (ATP)
2. Install DC cabling Motorola
3. provide Tl engineering and cabling per the Tl Routing Motorola
Plan
4. Assist in developing alarm and control assignment plan Motorola
5. Provide engineering for commissioning and acceptance Motorola
testing as specified
6. Provide as-built drawings
I
Motorola
6J4J96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 21
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Responsibility Matrix
2.4.9 Equipment Installation
1. Install and terminate DSl/Alarm cabling from supplied Motorola
equipment to a wall mounted terminal block
2. Verify with customer liaison before connecting any new Motorola
equipment to existing quipment
3. Mark-up any changes and/or omissions to drawings and Motorola
specifications leaving marked copy on-site
4. Connect station/site ground to I-UP supplied quipment Motorola
T&S
5. Temporary relocation of existing equipment in Carlsbad
equipment room to provide space for new equipment
6. Equipment installation supervision Motorola
7. Field test all provided equipment in accordance to Motorola
contracted obligations recording results on site-specific
test data forms. Tests to be performed are indicated in
the Acceptance Test Plan
6/4/96 . Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 22
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
System Documentation
2.5 System Documentation
System documentation will consist of as-built documentation and standard
equipment manuals. As-built documentation will consist of as-built drawings and
other as-built system information necessary to properly install and maintain the
system.
2.5.1 As-Built Drawings
As-built drawings will be delivered at the completion of factory staging and
subsystem acceptance. The as-built drawings will include:
-
-. l System block diagrams
l Cabling diagrams
l Wiring diagrams
l Rack face elevations
Drawings are created using Au&AD@ and typically consist of various “A,” “B,”
or “D’-size drawings.
2.5.2 As-Built Information .
Final versions of as-built information will be delivered at the completion of factory
staging and subsystem acceptance and will consist of narrative information, charts,
and lists; and will include:
l Functional system descriptions
l Cable lists and descriptions
l System and equipment test results
l Equipment programming parameters
l Equipment inventory lists including serial numbers and installation location
l Firmwate / Software inventory lists including version numbers and installation
location
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 23
City of Carhbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
System Documentation
2.5.3 Standard Equipment Manuals
Standard equipment manuals necessary to properly operate and maintain the
systems shallbe provided.
System documentation consists of a System Manual “As-Staged” which includes
the following:
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Description of system functionality
Programming templates
Interconnection drawings
Test results
Standard System Feature/Functionality results
Box test results from manufacturing line
Manufacture’s Standard Operators manuals
Interconnection cable description and inventory
Printout of equipment parameters
Inventory w/serial numbers & install reference
Softwa&Firmwam version number
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
CSBD-MST.DOC Page 24
. .
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Installation Standards
2.6 Installation Standards
System installations will be performed in conformance with Motorola R56
installation quality standard. The R56 standard is considered a minimum standard
for the installation of RF and control center sites.
-
--
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 25
Training Plan
-.
2.7 Training Plan
The training plan is intended to address the formal training requirements of the
various individuals and groups within the City of Cat&bad accessing the RCS. The
training plan describes the formal classroom style training courses to be provided
by Motorola. Prerequisites for the technical training courses assume a basic
knowledge of two way radio communications and basic computer skihs. Train-
the-Trainer courses also assume that participants have the necessary skills and
training to perform the training function.
Training classes will be held at a Carlsbad provided location. The necessary test
equipment and system equipment shall be made available for training use. -
The training schedule is divided into two phases. Phase I will provide initial
training for dispatch personnel when the Carlsbad dispatch center is brought on-
line in its initial configuration. Phase II training is intended to train dispatch
personnel and Train-the-Trainer course instructors. Phase II training for field units
is referred to and described in this document, but is not part of this contract.
Phase I training and Phase II classes for RCS System Overview and
CENTRACOM Console Operator training are part of the services for this
contract.
Each course duration will be no more than a single day, with the date and location
to be determined. CENTRACOM Console Operator Training includes an
additional 8 hours of post training support, This support schedule will be agreed
upon by Carlsbad and Motorola. Post training support will take place during
normal business hours, Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 26
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Training Plan
2.7.1 Training Course Descriptions
Operator training for the dispatch center personnel and voice system user
equipment will enable the participants to operate the controls and interpret
function and operation of all the indicators associated with the equipment The
following table provides more specific information about each course. A brief
course description of the training courses follows the table.
Course 1 Students Location
RCS System Overview 12
i Mobiles, Portables,
Control Stations, Digital
Desksets
12
CENTRACOM Dispatch 8
Operator
Data System Overview 1 12
I
Mobile Data Tetminals 12
Phase
Carlsbad 1 PhaseII
Carlsbad I Phase II
06/M/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 27
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Training Plan
2.7.1.1 RCS System Overview
This course will explain the RCS system from an operational perspective. This
information will enable the trainers and dispatchers to understand and explain
system operation to other non-technical user groups. Operation of the field units
on the system will be covered. This course may be for system users or trainers.
-
-.
2.7.1.2 Mobiles, Portables, Control Stations, and Digital Desksets
This class is intended as a Train-the-Trainer course. Participants will learn to
create and produce unique user cards for the field radio unit operators.
Operational tasks incorporated in the field units such as transmitting procedures, -~ switching talkgroups, and manipulating scan lists are covered. Allfeatures and
functions in the unit’s system capability ate discussed. Field units include:
l ASTRO Spectra Mobile
l Spectra Motorcycle Radio
l MCS 2000 Mobile
l ASTRO SABER Portable
l MTS2000 Portable
l Spectra Desktop Station
2.7.1.3 CENTRACOM Dispatch Operator Training - Phase I
Phase I CENTRACOM CRT console features and operation are covered as well as
system related tasks including setting up patches and placing dispatch calIs.
2.7.1.4 CENTRACOM Dispatch Operator Training - Phase II
Phase II CENTRACOM Dispatch Operator Training wi.lI cover CRT console
configuration, features, and operation. Additionally, system related tasks including
setting up patches, processing emergencies, and placing dispatch calls will be
covered.
2.7.1.5 Data System Overview
This course will explain the RCS data infrastructure from an operational
perspective. This information will enable the trainers to understand and explain
06/M/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietatv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 28
Citg of Carkbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Training Plan
system operation to other non-technical user groups. Operation of the field units
on the system will be covered. This course may be for system users or trainers.
2.7.1.6 Mobile Data Terminals
This course will provide an overview of the mobile data system operation. Mobile
data terminal features and functions will be covered for the following equipment:
l 9100Mws
l 91OOT
l Forte
l vRM600
2.7.2 Video Taping Course Presentations
Course presentations maybe video taped by Carlsbad. Video taping may not
disrupt the course presentation. Video taping is entirely the responsibility of
Carlsbad. Motorola is not responsible for modifying its course presentations to
accommodate video taping.
06/M/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 29
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Acceptance Test Procedures
2.8 Acceptance Test Procedures
The following acceptance tests will be performed to demonstrate the functionality
and operation of each subsystem. The subsystems include:
l CENTRACOM Console
l Microwave System
Tests will lx modified as necessary to incorporate software/product or system
changes that may occur before factory staging.
- Quality standards for installation are outlined in the “Quality Standards FNC
Installations” Manual (R.56). An R56 Compliance Audit has beeri?icluded as part
of the test plan. The purpose of the R56 Compliance Audit is provide an audit
form to monitor the work done at installation by Motorola, the City of Carlsbad,
and other subcontractors.
Objectives of Test
The test formats provided in this document are designed to validate the technical
specifications and functional capabilities (features) for the subsystems of the
Carlsbad Dispatch Center and the microwave link into the Regional
Communications System (KS).
Dispatch console functions (features) will be tested for operation and performance
according to the procedures indicated in the following sections. These tests will be
performed at the factory staging facility and in the field as agreed upon. The
features and configurations tested in the factory staging facility will conform to the
final dispatch center configuration as a part of the RCS. Two sets of field tests
will be performed, one to demonstrate the dispatch center’s function in its initial
configuration controlling the existing C&bad conventional radio equipment, and
a second set of field tests to demonstrate its functions in its fmal configuration as a
part of the RCS.
Functional verification for the dispatch console subsystem and associated RF
infrastructure will be performed at the Customer Center for Systems Integration
(CCSI) staging facility. Final Functional verification for subsystems will be
06Jo6/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DQC Page 30
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Acceptance Test Procedures
-
performed when the specific subsystem field implementation stage is complete and
the required technical specifications for equipment has been tested and recorded.
Technical verification will be performed by Motorola during the implementation
phase of the subsystem. Measurements will be annotated on the applicable test
forms and be available for review by The City of Carlsbad. Carlsbad may verify
and/or participate in any field testing performed.
Conditions of test
Functional Test teams will be made up of Carlsbad and Motorola Representatives.
A “Pass” will be recorded for test results that meet the minimum requirement in the
test procedure. Failure to meet the minimum requirement of the System will be
recorded as a “Fail”. A single test failure within a group of tests will not require
that all tests be rerun. The failed test situation will be remedied and the test rerun.
A subsystem has passed the acceptance testing when all tests for that subsystem
have been passed.
Test Equipment
Test equipment used to verify technical specifications will have current factory
author&d calibration. Test equipment calibration data will be recorded in the Site
Data Log during system optimization and testing. Motorola will provide all test
equipment used for implementation and optimization with the exception of the test
equipment supplied under the contract specifically for use in optimizing the system.
M/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 31
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1 Dispatch Console Equipment ATP - Initial Configuration
The following tests will be performed. The detailed procedure is provided in the
following sections.
1. Footswitch and Mouse Operation
2. Conventional Channel Selection and Call
3. Transmit and Receive Audio
4. Intercom
5. Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
6. Volume and Muting
7. MultiSelect
8. Console Priority
9. Conventional Patch
10. Alert Tones
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 32
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.1 Footswitch & Mouse Operation
Description
The mouse is used to select console functions. In addition, the mouse button can
be used as a P’IT which will allow the console operator to transmit on any selected
channel. The foot switch has two pedals, both of which produce the same PIT.
Setup
- Setup a Console Operator Position with CCWs. One portable radio is needed, set
on the console’s selected conventional channel.
Test
1. Select a channel using the mouse.
2. While the console is monitoring the channel depress the transmit key on the mouse.
3. Verify that while the transmit key is depressed, the word “XMIT” appears below the channel name.
4. Verify that audio from the operator is heard on the portable radio.
5. Depress the left P’IT on the foot switch.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5.
7. Depress the right PTT on the foot switch.
8. Repeat steps 4 and 5.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 33
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
Test Name: Footswitch & Mouse Operation
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested:
PassC]
/ /
Fail [ ]
-
Comments
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Protxietarv Page 34
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.2 Conventional Channel Selection and Call
Description
A channel is selected in one of two ways: The first method is by placing the mouse
cursor over the CCW (Channel Control Window) Choose Area and depressing the
Choose Mouse Key (The choose Area is the area that contains the name of the
CCW).
When the channel is selected, the background of the Channel Name/Select Line for
the talkgroup CCW will become highlighted Depressing the General Transmit
button initiates the call. -.
Setup
Two radios, Radio 1 and Radio 2 will be required for this test.
Radio to Site/Channel Selections: Site 1
Radio 1 (Ch A)
Radio 2 (Ch A)
Test
1. Select one of the CCW’s by using the mouse and clicking on the Choose Area of the CCW. Verify that as the CCW is selected.
2. Select all of the other CCw’s, one at a time.
3. Verify that each CCW can be selected.
4. Verify that the selection of a new CCW will de-select the last CCW.
5. Depress the General Transmit button to initiate a call.
6. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 can receive and can respond to the call from the console position.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Promietarv Page 35
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
7. Verify that the audio from Radio 1 and Radio 2 is heard through the select audio speaker.
Test Name: Trunked Console Talkgroup Selection and Call
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: 1 I
Carlsbad Initial: P=[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
-
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 36
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.3 Transmit and Receive Audio
Description
This test verifies the console’s ability to transmit and receive audio.
-
The W Meter is a bar graph which responds to the dispatcher’s voice during
transmit and intercom operations, or to the received audio level on a selected
channel. The W Meter indicates the relative intensity of sounds with louder
sounds causing greater meter deflection. The meter should function as a guide to
proper microphone use. When speaking in a normal voice, the meter reading
should remain as close to 0 as possible. Consistently low readings indicate that the
operator is speaking too softly or that the mic is too far from the Gperator’s mouth;
a number of high readings indicate that the operator is speaking too loudly or that
the mic is too close.
The operations of the CCW (Channel Control Window) and the Call Indicator will
he verified here.
Setup
Setup a Console Operator Position. One portable radio is needed, set on the
console’s selected channel.
Test
1. Speak into the microphone and verify the deflection of the W Meter.
2. Verify that during constant transmission, the operator can keep the W Meter reading near 0.
3. Transmit on a portable radio on a selected channel.
4. Verify that “call” light flashes and audio is received on the select speaker.
06mY96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietatv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 37
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
.
Test Name: Transmit and Receive Audio
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: / /
Carlsbad Initial: P=s[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Prcmietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 38
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.4
Description
Intercom
The intercom function allows console operators to communicate with other
positions of the same console which are on the same CEB (Central Electronics
Bank). It also allows operators to communicate with conventional repeaters and
base stations.
-
Setup
-~
Test
Setup two Console Operator Positions, named Operator 1 and Ol&-ator 2.
1. From the Operator 1 position, select the “SPECIAL” menu.
2. Select the ‘INTERCOM” option with Operator 2 as the target for the intercom call.
3. Click on the “CALL” command key which appears and verify that Operator 2 hears a ring.
4. Click the “ANSWER” command key at the Operator 2 position.
5. Speak at the Operator 1 position without pushing the “Call PIT” button and verify that Operator 2 hears no audio.
6. Speak at the Operator 1 position while pushing the “Call PIT” button; verify that the audio is heard by Operator 2.
7. Verify that Operator 2 can respond without pressing a P’IT.
8. Verify that the audio is received at the Operator 1 position.
9. Click the “END” command key at either position. Verify that the intercom call has been terminated.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 39
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
Test Name: Intercom
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: 1 /
Carlsbad Initial: p=r 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
-
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 40
-
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.5 Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
Description
The headset interface is used in conjunction with the lA2 Telephone Call Director
unit which, when interfaced to the Console Interface Electronics, enables the
initiation of and response to telephone calls through the CRT console position.
With the headset plugged into the headset jack, the select speaker will mute.
Removing the headset from the headset jack causes both select and unselect audio
to be heard from the select speaker.
Setup -.
Setup the Console Operator Position for at least two channels (Ch A and Ch B).
Program two subscriber radios in the following way.
Radio to Site/Channel Selections: Site 1
Radio 1 (Ch A)
Radio 2 (Ch B)
Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Open both talkgroup CCW’s (Channel Control Windows).
Depress the PTT on Radio 1 and Radio 2 and begin speaking into each radio.
Verify that a composite of both channels is heard by the operator.
Take the Call Director off hook and verify that a dial tone is heard in the ear piece of the headset as well as the radio traffic from step 3.
Initiate a ca.U to a predetermined phone number.
Verify that audio from the landline mixed with audio from Radios 1 and 2 is heard in the headset but NOT through the select speaker.
Without touching a P’IT, speak into the microphone of the headset.
Verify that the audio from the operator is heard by the landline user but NOT by Radio 1 or Radio 2.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 41
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
9. Depress a PIT and speak into the microphone of the headset.
10. Verify that the audio from the operator is heard by Radio 1, Radio 2 and at the output of the BIM but NOT by the landline user.
11. Remove the headset from the headset jack.
12. Verify that all received audio is heard through the select speaker.
Test Name: Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: / I
Carlsbad Initial: pad 1 Fail [ ]
-
-. Comments -
06M/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 42
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.6 Volume and Muting
Description
There are several ways in which the volume of the audio heard by the operator can
be varied. Each CCW (Channel Control Window) has a volume “wedge” control.
By clicking the wedge directly to the right of the number, the volume increases one
notch until it reaches its maximum of 7. Clicking the wedge directly to the left of
the number causes the volume to decrease one notch until no audio can be heard
(muted volume position of 0).
Located on the front of the CIE (Console Interface Electronics) a.t~ the Select
Audio Volume Control and the Unselect Audio Volume Control. All select radio
audio is routed to the select speaker, and its level is controlled by the Select Audio
Volume Control when the headset is out of its jack. The unselect speaker output
carries the combined audio from all unselect radio sources; its volume is controlled
by the Unselect Audio Volume Control.
Also located on the front of the CIE are the Radio and the Phone Volume
Controls. These controls allow the console operator to mix the proper amount of
radio and phone audio heard.
Channel muting is accomplished by decreasing the volume wedge to its minimum
volume of 0 for the channel to be muted.
Setup
Setup the Console Operator Position for two channels, (Ch A and Ch B).
Program two subscriber radios in the following way.
Radio to Site/Channel Selections: 1 Site
Radio 1 (Ch A)
Radio 2 (Ch B)
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 43
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Conf@uration
k
Test
1. Open the CCW for Ch A leaving Ch B unselected. Set both CCW volume wedges to 4. Set both speaker volumes to 0.
2. Press the PIT on Radio 1 and speak continuously.
3. At the console position, click the volume wedge to the right and verify that the audio in the headset heard from Radio 1 increases in volume with each step. Verify that at the seventh step, no further increase in volume is possible.
4. Click the volume wedge to the left, verifying that the audio in the headset decreases. Verify that the channel is muted when the volume wedge reaches 0.
5. Press the P’IT on Radio 2 and speak continuously. Verify that the audio from Radio 2 is not heard through the headset.
6. Return both volume wedges to the 4 position. -
7. Select the CCW for Ch B and verify that the audio heard in the headset is a composite of Radio 1 and Radio 2.
8. Unselect the CCW for Ch A, verifying that the only audio heard in the headset is that of Radio 2.
9. Release Radio l’s PIT.
10. Repeat steps 3 and 4.
11. Press the P’IT on Radio 1 and speak continuously. Verify that the audio from Radio 1 is not heard through the headset.
12. Remove the headset form the headset jack. Increase the volume of both the Select and the Unselect Speakers to a comfortable level.
13. Verify that Radio 1 is heard’in the Unselect Speaker and that Radio 2 is heard in the Select Speaker.
14. Select the CCW for Ch A which unselects the CCW for Ch B.
15. Verify that Radio 2 is heard in the Unselect Speaker and that Radio 1 is heard in the Select Speaker.
16. Select the CCW for Ch B; both CCW’s should now be open.
17. Verify that nothing is heard through the Unselect Speaker and that the audio heard through the Select Speaker is a composite of Radio 1 audio and Radio 2 audio.
18. Unselect both CCW’s and verify that all audio now appears at the Unselect speaker.
19. Click on the “SPECIAL” menu and select “ALL MUTE” Verify that all audio ceases to be heard and that “Unsel Audio Muted” appears on the CRT.
20. Wait for the system mute time out timer to expire. Verify that the audio is again heard through the unselect speaker and that “Unsel Audio Muted” disappears from the CRT.
21. Click on the “SPECIAL” menu.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 44
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
22. Click on the “CLEAR Mute” menu function and repeat step 20.
Test Name: Volume and Muting
Motorola Initial: Date Tested:
Carlsbad Initial: p=sr 1
I /
Fail [ ]
Comments
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 45
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.7 Multiselect
Description
The Multi-Select feature allows more than one channel to be selected
simultaneously. The console operator can talk and listen to all the selected
channels, however, the users on a channel cannot talk or listen to users on other
channels but only to the console dispatcher and users on their own channel. On
consoles equipped with the Multi-Select instant transmit feature, an APB (All
Points Bulletin) type transmission may be made on a preselected group of
channels.
-
Setup
Setup the console operator for at least two channels. Program four subscriber
radios in the following way.
Radio to Site/Channel Selections: Site 1
Radio 1 (Ch A)
Radio 2 (Ch A)
Radio 3 (Ch B)
Radio 4 (Ch B)
Test
1. Select the Multi-Select menu.
2. Select the desired channels by selecting Ch A and Ch B CCWs with the mouse.
3. Press the Transmit Button on the mouse and send audio via the microphone. Verify that Radios 1 though 4 can monitor and respond to the console.
4. Verify Radio 1 can only communicate with Radio 2 while Ch A and Ch B are Multi- selected on the Console. Verify that Radio 3 can only communicate to Radio 4 while Ch A and Ch B are multi-selected on the Console.
M/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 46
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
Test Name: Multiselect
Motorola Initial:
Carkbad Initial:
Comments
Date Tested: / I
p=r 1 Fail [ ]
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidentia.l and Pronrietarv Page 47
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP - c Initial Configuration
2.8.1.8 Console Priority
Description
The console operator has preemptive control of audio being transmitted on the
system. The console has the authority to override the audio of any user which the
console is monitoring.
Test
-
-.
1. Initiate a call with one of the radios on Ch A.
2. Observe that the receive audio can be heard at radio and console posZons at Ch A.
3. While the subscriber is in the process of making the call, key the Ch A console CCW.
4. Observe that console audio is now being transmitted on Ch A in place of the subscriber audio.
Test Name: Console Priority
Motorola Initiai:
Carlsbad Initiai:
Date Tested: / 1
P=[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
06AW96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 48
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial ConfQuration
2.8.1.9 Conventional Patch
Description
When multiple channels have been patched together, users on these channels will
be able to communicate together.
Setup
- Setup the Console Operator Position for two channels (Ch A, Ch B)
Radio to Site/Channel Selections: Site 1
Radio 1 (Ch A)
Radio 2 (Ch B)
Test
1. Select the Patch menu with the mouse from the menu.
--.
2. Select Patch 1 from the menu.
3. Select the Ch A and the Ch B CCW’s. Select Patch 1 again to set the Ch’s into Patch 1.
4. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 can monitor and respond to the console operator.
5. .:Ve’rify that both radios can monitor and respond to each other.
6. Terminate the patch by selecting the Patch 1 button with the mouse. Next, unselect all of the CCWs involved in the patch. Re-select Patch 1, then close.
06/M/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 49
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
Test Name: Conventional Patch
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Comments
Date Tested: f /
p=r I Fail [ ]
-
-.
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidemtial and Pronrietarv Page 50
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
2.8.1.10 Alert Tones
Description
To send alert tones from a console, the dispatcher selects the Special Menu key
and then the Alert menu key to display a Send Alert Sub-Menu. The dispatcher
then chooses one of the alert command keys, sending those alert tones over the
selected talkgroup.
Test
1. Select a talkgroup CCW that has been opened in the Radio Work Area.
2. Enter the Special Menu by clicking on the “SPECIAL” menu key. Select the Alert menu by clicking on the “ALERT” menu key. A sub-menu will appear displaying the various alert tones possible.
3. Select each of the three alert tones listed below, in sequence, and verify that each is heard on a subscriber unit in the selected talkgroup. Also, verify that the “TALK” function allows voice to pass from the operator position to the subscriber unit.
Alert Tones
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 5 1
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Initial Configuration
Test Name: Alert Tones
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested:
P=s[ 1
/ /
Fail [ ]
Comments:
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Matorola Confidential and Prmrietarv Page 52
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Conliguration
2.8.2 Dispatch Console Equipment ATP - Final Configuration
The following tests will be performed. The detailed procedure is provided in the
following sections.
1. Footswitch and Mouse Operation
2. Trunked Console Talkgroup Selection and Call
3. Console Busy Indication and CaLI Back
4. Multigroup or Announcement Group Call
- 5. Emergency Alarm Display Processing
6. Transmit and Receive Audio
7. Intercom
8. Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
9. Volume and Muting
10. Multiselect without Group Regrouping
11. Multiselect with Group Regrouping
12. Console Priority
13. Talkgroup Patch
14. Talkgroup Patch without Group Regrouping
15. Alert Tones
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 53
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.1 Footswitch & Mouse Operation
Description
The mouse is used to select console functions. In addition, the mouse button can
be used as a IIT which will allow the console operator to transmit on any selected
channel. The foot switch has two pedals, both of which produce the same PIIT.
Setup
- Setup a Console Operator Position with CCWs. One portable radio is needed, set
on the console’s selected talkgroup.
Test
1. Select a channel using the mouse.
2. While the console is monitoring the channel (TG) depress the transmit key on the mouse.
3. Verify that while the transmit key is depressed, the word “XMIT” appears below the channel name.
4. Verify that audio from the operator is heard on the portable radio.
5. Depress the left PTT on the foot switch.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5.’
7. Depress the right PTT’ on the foot switch.
8. Repeat steps 4 and 5.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 54
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Footswitch & Mouse Operation
Motorola Initial: Date Tested:
Carlsbad Initial: p=t 1
1 /
Fail [ ]
-
Comments
-
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietam CSBD-MST.DOC Page 55
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.2
Description
Trunked Console Talkgroup Selection and Call
A talkgroup is selected in one of two ways: The fust method is by placing the
mouse cursor over the CCW (Channel Control Window) Choose Area and
depressing the Choose Mouse Key (The choose Area is the area that contains the
name of the CCW).
When the ta&group is selected, the background of the Channel Name/Select Line
for the talkgroup CCW will become highlighted Deptessing the General Transmit
button initiates the talkgroup call. -
Setup
This test requires that a Tnmked CENTRACOM be interfaced to a trunked
system and that it be programmed with a minimum of three ta&groups. Two
radios, Radio 1 and Radio 2 will be required for this test.
Radio to SiteITalkgroup Afftiations: 1 Site
Test
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG A)
1. Select one of the CCW’s by using the mouse and clicking on the Choose Area of the CCW. Verify that as the CCW is selected.
2. Select all of the other CCw’s, one at a time.
3. Verify that each CCW can be selected
4. Verify that the selection of a new CCW will de-select the last CCW.
5. Depress the General Transmit button to initiate a talkgroup call.
6. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 can receive and can respond to the talkgroup call from the console position.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 56
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
-
7. Verify that the audio from Radio 1 and Radio 2 is heard through the select audio speaker.
Test Name: Trunked Console Talkgroup Selection and Call
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: / /
Carlsbad Initial: P=[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
-.
-
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 57
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Con!iguration
2.8.2.3 Console Busy Indication and Call Back
Description
In the SmartZone system, resources are assigned by the SmartZone Controller, and
there is a possibility that all channels are in use when a call is requested. When a
console attempts to transmit while no channels are available, the SmartZone
Controller provides the transmitting console with an indication that a Talkgroup
channel assignment request cannot be granted at this time. The Talkgroup’s CCW
flashes Busy until the channel is available. This ~occurs regardless of whether or
not the dispatcher continues to depress the CCW Transmit bar. A busy tone is
sounded if the dispatcher has the CCW Transmit Bar depressed when the busy
indication is received.
Setup
Setup the Console Operator Position for at least one Talkgroup (TG A). Set
Radio 2 for a higher priority than the console Ta&group (TG A) via the
SmartZone Manager Terminal. Set the Pre-empt Enabled flag to “Y” on Radio 2
via the SmartZone Manager terminal. Two radios, Radio 1 and Radio 2 are
required for this test.
Radio to SiteITalkgroup Affiliations: Site 1
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG B)
Test
1. Disable all but one Voice Channel via the SmartZone Manager.
2. Key up Radio 2.
3. Press the Select switch on the TG A CCW from the console.
4. Press the Transmit button on the mouse.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 58
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
5. Verify that a busy tone is heard on the select speaker on the console and that the “Busy” light flashes.
6. Release the Transmit button on the mouse.
7. De-key Radio 2.
8. Verify that a talk permit tone is heard on the select.audio speaker on the console and that the Transmit bar flashes.
9. Press the Transmit button on the mouse and send audio via the microphone.
10. Verify that Radio 1 can monitor and respond to the call, and that Radio 2 cannot.
Test Name: Console Busy Indication and Call Back
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested:
P=s[ 1
/ /
Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 59
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
.
2.8.2.4 Multigroup or Announcement Group Call
Description
An Announcement Group is selected by placing the mouse cursor over the CCW
(Channel Control Window) choose Area and depressing the mouse choose hey.
Setup
This test requires that a Trunked CENTRACOM be programmed with a minimum
of four talkgroups, one of which is the Announcement Talkgroup, Three radios,
Radio 1, Radio 2, and Radio 3 will be required for this test.
Radio to SiteITalkgroup Affiliations: 1 Site
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG B)
Radio 3 (TG C)
Test
1. Access the Radio Control screen of a CRT console Operator Position.
2. Select an announcement group CCW by moving the mouse cursor over the CCW name and clicking the choose button
3. Depress the General Transmit button to initiate the Announcement Group Call.
4. Verify that the subscriber units that are monitoring different talkgroups within the announcement group receive the call.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 60
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Multigroup or Announcement Group Call
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: I /
Carlsbad Initial: p=sr I Fail [ ]
Comments
-
-. -
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 61
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.5 Emergency Alarm Display Processing
Description
Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
When an Emergency Alarm is received at the CRT console the following occurs:
The Emergency Alarm tone sounds in the select speaker and the Emergency
Window appears on the screen.
If the Emergency Alarm occurs on a talkgroup located in the Radio Work Area
of the CRT display, a red border will flash around the CCW and the trunked
ID appears in the CalI Status/ID line. If the Talkgroup is in the summary list,
the background color changes to red and the name will flash. -
In addition, a message will appear in the General Status Line of the Status
Area (bottom right comer of the CRT display). This message identifies which
Talkgroup the Emergency Alarm occurred on, and whether it is in the Radio
Work Area or in the Summary List.
Open the CCW for.Talkgroup A in the Radio Work Area of and CRT position.
Initiate a Trunked Emergency on Talkgroup A from a portable or mobile radio. When the Trunked Emergency is received at the console, the Emergency Alarm tone will sound and the Emergency Window will appear.
The border of the CCW for Talkgroup A will flash red and the trunked ID of the unit that initiated the emergency will appear in the Call Status line.
An Emergency Window will appear with choices for handling the emergency. Click on “KNOCKDOWN”, then click on the Emergency CCW to end the Emergency Alalm.
Clear the alarm on the initiating radio.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 62
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Emergency Alarm Display Processing
Motorola Initial: Date Tested:
Carlsbad Initial: P=[ 1
I /
Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 63
City of CarIsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.6 Transmit and Receive Audio
Description
This test verifies the console’s ability to transmit and receive audio.
The VU Meter is a bar graph which responds to the dispatcher’s voice during
transmit and intercom operations, or to the received audio level on a selected
channel. The W Meter indicates the relative intensity of sounds with louder
sounds causing greater meter deflection. The meter should function as a guide to
proper microphone use. When speaking in a normal voice, the meter reading
should remain as close to 0 as possible. Consistently low readings indicate that the
operator is speaking too softly or that the mic is too far from the Gperator’s mouth;
a number of high readings indicate that the operator is speaking too loudly or that
the mic is too close.
The operations of the CCW (Channel Control Window) and the Call Indicator will
be verified here.
Setup
Setup a Console Operator Position. One portabJe radio is needed, set on the
console’s selected talkgroup.
Test
1. Speak into the microphone and verify the deflection of the W Meter.
2. ::!A${ that during constant transmission, the operator can keep the VU Meter reading .
3. Transmit on a portable radio on a selected talkgroup.
4. Verify that “call” light flashes and audio is received on the select speaker.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 64
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Transmit and Receive Audio
Motorola Initial: Date Tested:
Carlsbad Initial: P=[ 1
/ /
Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 65
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.7 Intercom
Description
The intercom function allows console operators to communicate with other
positions of the same console which are on the same CEB (Central Electronics
Bank). It also allows operators to communicate with conventional repeaters and
base stations.
Setup
Setup two Console Operator Positions, named Operator
Test
1. From the Operator 1 position, select the “SPECIAL” menu.
1 and Operator 2.
2. Select the ‘INTERCOM” option with Operator 2 as the target for the intercom call.
3. Click on the “CALL” command key which appears and verify that Operator 2 hears a ring.
4. Click the “ANSWER” command key at the Operator 2 position.
5. Speak at the Operator 1 position without pushing the “Call PIT” button and verify that Operator 2 hears no audio.
6. Speak at the Operator 1 position while pushing the “Call PIT” button; verify that the audio is heard by Operator 2.
7. Verify that Operator 2 can respond without pressing a P’IT.
8. Verify that the audio is received at the Operator 1 position.
9. Click the “END” command key at either position. Verify that the intercom call has been terminated.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 66
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Intercom
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: / I
Carlsbad Initial: p=sr I Fail [ ]
Comments
-
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pmnrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 67
-
-.
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final ConEiguration
2.8.2.8 Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
Description
The headset interface is used in conjunction with the lA2 Telephone Call Director
unit which, when interfaced to the Console Interface Electronics, enables the
initiation of and response to telephone calls through the CRT console position.
With the headset plugged into the headset jack, the delect speaker will mute.
Removing the headset from the headset jack causes both select and unselect audio
to be heard from the select speaker.
setup
Setup the Console Operator Position for at least one Talkgroup (TG A). Program
two SmartZone subscriber radios in the following way.
Radio to SiteITalkgroup Affiliations: 1 Site
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG B)
Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Open both talkgroup CCWs (Channel Control Windows).
Depress the P’IT on Radio 1 and Radio 2 and begin speaking into each radio.
Verify that a composite of both channels is heard by the operator.
Take the Call Director off hook and verify that a dial tone is heard in the ear piece of the headset as well as the radio traffic from step 3.
Initiate a call to a predetermined phone number.
Verify that audio from the landline mixed with audio from Radios 1 and 2 is heard in the headset but NOT through the select speaker.
Without touching a PIT, speak into the microphone of the headset.
Verify that the audio from the operator is heard by the landline user but NOT by Radio 1 or Radio 2.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Proorietarv Page 68
-
-.
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
9. Depress a P’IT. and speak into the microphone of the headset.
10. Verify that the audio from the operator is heard by Radio 1, Radio 2 and at the output of the BIM but NOT by the landline user.
11. Remove the headset from the headset jack.
12. Verify that all received audio is heard through the select speaker.
Test Name: Radio/Telephone Headset Interface
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested:
pas1 1
I /
Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 69
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.9 Volume and Muting
Description
There am several ways in which the volume of the audio heard by the operator can
be varied. Each CCW (Channel Control Window) has a volume “wedge” control.
By clicking the wedge directly to the right of the number, the volume increases one
notch until it reaches its maximum of 7. Clicking the wedge directly to the left of
the number causes the volume to decrease one notch until no audio can be heard
(muted volume position of 0).
Located on the front of the CIE (Console Interface Electronics) m the Select
Audio Volume Control and the Unselect Audio Volume Control. AU select radio
audio is routed to the select speaker, and its level is controlled by the Select Audio
Volume Control when the headset is out of its jack. The unselect speaker output
carries the combined audio from all unselect radio sources; its volume is controlled
by the Unselect Audio Volume Control.
Also located on the front of the CIE am the Radio and the Phone Volume
Controls. These controls allow the console operator to mix the proper amount of
radio and phone audio heard.
Channel muting is accomplished by decreasing the volume wedge to its minimum
volume of 0 for the channel to be muted.
Setup
Setup the Console Operator Position for two Talkgroups, (TG A and TG B).
Program two SmartZone subscriber radios in the following way.
Radio to Site/Talkgroup Affiliations: Site 1
Radiol(TGA)
Radio 2 (TG B)
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 70
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment AW -
Final Configuration
Test
-
-.
1. Open the CCW for TG A leaving TG B unselected. Set both CCW volume wedges to 4. Set both speaker volumes to 0.
2. Press the PTT on Radio 1 and speak continuously.
3. At the console position, click the volume wedge to the right and verify that the audio in the headset heard from Radio 1 increases in volume with each step. Verify that at the seventh step, no further increase in volume is possible.
4. Click the volume wedge to the left, verifying that the audio in the headset decreases. Verify that the channel is muted when the volume wedge reaches 0.
5. Press the PIT on Radio 2 and speak continuously. Verify that the audio from Radio 2 is not heard through the headset.
6. Return both volume wedges to the 4 position.
7. Select the CCW for TG B and verify that the audio heard in the head&t is a composite of Radio 1 and Radio 2.
8. Unselect the CCW for TG A, verifying that the only audio heard in the headset is that of Radio 2.
9. Release Radio l’s PIT.
10. Repeat steps 3 and 4.
11. Press the P’TT on Radio 1 and speak continuously. Verify that the audio from Radio 1 is not heard through the headset.
12. Remove the headset form the headset jack. Increase the volume of both the Select and the Unselect Speakers to a comfortable level.
13. Verify that Radio 1 is heard in the Unselect Speaker and that Radio 2 is heard in the Select Speaker.
14. Select the CCW for TG A which unselects the CCW for TG B.
15. Verify that Radio 2 is heard in the Unselect Speaker and that Radio 1 is heard in the Select Speaker.
16. Select the CCW for TG B; both CCW’s should now be open.
17. Verify that nothing is heard through the Unselect Speaker and that the audio heard through the Select Speaker is a composite of Radio 1 audio and Radio 2 audio.
18. Unselect both CCw’s and verify that all audio now appears at the Unseiect speaker.
19. Click on the “SPECIAL” menu and select “ALL MUTE.” Verify that all audio ceases to be heard and that “Unsel Audio Muted” appears on the CRT.
20. Wait for the system mute time out timer to expire. Verify that the audio is again heard through the unselect speaker and that “Unsel Audio Muted” disappears from the CRT.
21. Click on the “SPECIAL” menu.
06mv96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DGC Page 7 1
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
22. Click on the “CLEAR Mute” menu function and repeat step 20.
Test Name: Volume and Muting
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: / I
Carlsbad Initial: P=s[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Promietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 72
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.10 Muhiselect without Group Regrouping
De!3cription
The Multiselect feature allows mote than one Talkgroup to be selected
simultaneously. When the Multiselect is not regroupable, each selected Ta&group
requires its own RP channel resource. The console operator can talk and listen to
all the selected Talkgroups, however, the members of a Talkgroup cannot talk or
listen to members of other Talkgroups but only to the console dispatcher and
members to their own Takgroup. Gn consoles equipped with the Multiselect
instant transmit feature, an APB (All Points Bulletin) type transmission may be
made on a preselected group of Talkgroups. -
Setup
Setup the console operator for at least two Talkgroups. Verify that there are at
least two Voice Channels at Site 1. Program four SmartZone subscriber radios in
the following way.
Radio to SitefTalkgroup Affiliations: 1 Site
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG A)
Radio 3 (TG B)
Radio 4 (TG B)
Test
1. Select the Multiselect menu.
2. Select the desired Ta&groups by selecting TG A and TG B CCWs with the mouse.
3. Press the Transmit Button on the mouse and send audio via the microphone. Verify that Radios 1 though 4 can monitor and respond to the console.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola ConfXential and Pronrietarv Page 73
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
4. Verify Radio 1 can only communicate with Radio 2 while TG A and TG B are Multiselected on the Console. Verify that Radio 3 can only communicate to Radio 4 while TG A and TG B are multiselected on the Console.
Test Name: Multiselect without Group Regrouping
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial: 1
Date Tested: I I I
I p=r 1 I Fail [ ] I
Comments
-
-.
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Ek-mrietarv Page 74
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.11 Multiselect with Group Regrouping
Description
The Multiselect feature allows more than one Talkgroup to be selected
simultaneously. The console operator can talk and listen to all selected
Talkgroups, however, the members of a Talkgroup cannot talk or listen to
members of other Talkgroups but only to the console dispatcher and members of
their own Talkgroup. The Multiselect must be set up by the console operator to
be regroupable, otherwise each selected Talkgroup will require its own RF channel
resource.
-
-.
_~
Setup
-
Setup the CRT console operator for at least two Talkgroups. Ensure that MSel 1
has been set up by the console operator to be regroupable, using Diagnostic 22.
Program four SmartZone subscriber radios in the following way. Setup Site A and
Site B for at least two voice channels.
Radio to Site/Ta&group Affiliations Site 1 Site 2
Radio 1 (TG A) Radio 2 (TG A)
Radio 3 (TG B) Radio 4 (TG B)
Test
1. Verify that Site 1 and Site 2 are in wide area trunking.
2. Select the Multiselect menu and MSel 1 with the mouse.
3. Select the desired Talkgroups by selecting the TG A and TG B CCWs with the mouse.
4. Select the APB 1 key with the mouse and send audio via the microphone.
5. Verify that Radio 1, Radio 2, Radio 3, and Radio 4 can monitor and respond to the console.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 75
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
6. Verify Radio 1 can only communicate with Radio 2 and not Radios 3 and 4 while TGs A and B are Multiselected on the console. Verify Radio 3 can only communicate with Radio 4 and not Radios 1 and 2 while TGs A and B are Multiselected on the console.
Test Name: Multiselect with Group Regrouping
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: i /
Carlsbad Initial: p=r 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
- -
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 76
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.12 Console Priority
Description
In Motorola SmartZone trunked radio systems, the console operator has
preemptive control of audio being transmitted on the system. The console has the
authority to override the audio of any user which the console is monitoring.
Test
- 1. Initiate a call with one of the radios in Talkgroup A.
2. Observe that the receive audio can be heard at radio and console positions at Talkgroup A.
3. While the subscriber is in the process of making the call, key the Talkgroup A console ccw.
4. Observe that console audio is now being transmitted on Talkgroup A in place of the subscriber audio.
Test Name: Console Priority
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested: I /
P=[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments
cMm6~96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 77
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final ConGguration
2.8.2.13 Talkgroup Patch
Description
Talkgroup Patch with group regrouping allows a patch between Talkgroups, using
only one RF Channel Resource.
When multiple talkgroups have been patched together, users in these talkgroups
will be able to communicate together, across talkgroup boundaries.
Setup
-.
Setup the Console Operator Position for two tnmked Talkgroups (TG A, TG B)
Radio to Site&lkgroup Affiliations: 1 Site
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG B)
Test
1. Verify that Site 1 is in the wide area trunking mode.
2. Select the Patch menu with the mouse from the menu.
3. Select Patch 1 from the menu.
4. Select the TG A and the TG B CCW’s. Select Patch 1 again to set the TG’s into Patch 1.
5. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 can monitor and respond to the console operator.
6. Verify that both radios can monitor and respond to each other.
7. Verify that only one channel is keyed up at site 1.
8. Terminate the patch by selecting the Patch 1 button with the mouse. Next, unselect all of the CCW’s involved in the patch. Re-select Patch 1, then close.
(-MA-w96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Promietarv Page 78
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
Test Name: Taikgrobp Patch
Motorola Initial:
Carlsbad Initial:
Date Tested:
p=r 1
I /
Fail [ ]
Comments
-
WW96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Prnm-ietarv Page 79
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.14 Talkgroup Patch without Group Regrouping
Description
Talkgroup Patch without group regrouping allows a Patch between talkgroups,
however, each talkgroup requires an RF channel resource. A busy indication
appears on the console CCWs for the talkgroups that are busy.
-
In order to set up a Patch, select the Patch menu with the mouse. Next, select the
Patch 1 key from the menu and then select all the CCWs involved in the Patch.
The Patch indication will light on each CCW. In order to knock down a Patch,
select the Patch I key from the menu and unselect all the CCWs involved in the
Patch and then select Close from the menu.
Whenever a talkgroup in a Patch becomes active, a channel is also assigned for all
other talkgroups in the Patch. It is important therefore, that there should be at
least the same amount of channels available as there are talkgroups in the Patch or
busy calls will occur.
Setup
Setup the Console Operator Position for two trunked talkgroups (TG A and TG
B). Verify that there are at least two Voice Channels at Site 1. Program two
SmartZone subscriber radios in the following way.
Radio to SiteJIalkgroup Affiliations: A Site
Radio 1 (TG A)
Radio 2 (TG B)
Test
1. Verify that Site 1 is in the Wide Area Trunking mode.
2. Select the Patch menu with the mouse.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 80
. .
City of Carlsbad
Diipatcb Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
3. Select Patch I from the menu with the mouse.
4. Select the Ta&group 1 and Talkgroup 2 CCWs.
5. Depress the Patch I Trurmzit key with the mouse and send audio via the microphone.
6. Verify Radio 1 and Radio 2 can monitor and respond to the console.
7. Verify that both radios can monitor and respond to each other.
8. Verify that two Voice Channel repeaters are keyed up at Site 1.
9. Terminate the Patch by selecting the Patch I key with the mouse. Next, unselect all the CCWs involved in the Patch and select Close with the mouse.
Test Name: Talkgroup Patch without Group Regrouping
Motorola Initial: 1 Date Tested: I / -1 I
1 Carlsbad Iuitial: 1 1 p=sr 1 I Fail [ ] 1
Comments
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 81
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
2.8.2.15 Alert Tones
Description
To send alert tones from a console, the dispatcher selects the Special Menu key
and then the Alert menu key to display a Send Alert Sub-Menu. The dispatcher
then chooses one of the alert command keys, sending those alert tones over the
selected talkgroup.
Test - -. 1. Select a talkgroup CCW that has been opened in the Radio Work Area.
2. Enter the Special Menu by clicking on the “SPECIAL” menu key. Select the Alert menu by clicking on the “ALERT” menu key. A sub-menu will appear displaying the various alert tones possible.
3. Select each of the three alert tones listed below, in sequence, and verify that each is heard on a subscriber unit in the selected talkgroup. Also, verify that the “TALK” function allows voice to pass from the operator position to the subscriber unit.
Alert Tones
. Tvpe Description
1 Constant 1 kHz Tone
2 Two Alternating Tones
3 Chopped 1 kHz Tone
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 82
Test Name: Alert Tones
Motorola Initial: Date Tested: I 1
Carlsbad Initial: P=[ 1 Fail [ ]
Comments:
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Console Equipment ATP -
Final Configuration
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietam CSBD-MST.DOC Page 83
City of Carkbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Equipment ATP
-
2.8.3 Microwave Equipment ATP
Acceptance testing includes both factory and field testing. The following sections
detail testing that will be performed.
2.8.3.1 Factory Acceptance Test Plan
Factory tests of the individual system components will be conducted and the
results recorded on standard factory test data forms, which will be included with
the site specific instruction manuals. The Carlsbad spur off the RCS microwave system will be factory and field tested as a part of the RCS microwave system.
Several tests reference “the selected four site locations” when discussing the
microwave system testing. In each case, one of these four 1ocatioTns wilI be the
Carlsbad Safety Center end of the Carlsbad microwave spur.
Microwave Radio:
a Review factory test data for all site locations.
b. Test the transmitter local oscillator frequency, transmitter power output,
and receive threshold for the selected four site locations.
c. Verify Tl continuity at all site locations in accordance with the agreed to
Tl plan.
DVS II Orderwire:
Verify operation of orderwirc at the selected four site locations including voice and
signaling.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 84
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Equipment ATP
-
Loop Protection;
a. Disable one radio path in each loop and verify the Tl t-e-routing capabilities
occur in accordance with the Tl plan.
b. Verify spur Tl cross-connectivity after loop switch enabled. The Carisbad
spur will be verified in this test of the North Loop.
a. For RCS microwave system, the residual one-way BERITl (overnight test)
will be run from PSC (100) with Carlsbad Safety Center (502) assigned
DS 1 looped.
b. The BER / Tl tests will be performed for both directions of the loop (i.e.
clockwise and counter-clockwise).
The residual one-way BE/UT1 test will be performed for an I8 h&period with
BER which will not exceed the test objective of N x 1 O-l’, where “N” is equal to
the number of radio hops.
Example: For PSC(100) - Carlsbad Safety Center (502) “N” equal 10.
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 85
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Equipment ATP
-.
FARSCANm Management System:
a. Verify alarms and controls operation.
b. Simulate external alarms and verify that they are operational.
c. Verify data base.
Battery and Rectifier/ Charger
The battery plants and rectifier/charger equipment will be staged at the vendor’s
warehouse and the following tests will be conducted:
a Give initial charge to batteries
b. Give batteries the discharge test (see test procedure detailed below)
c. Recharge the batteries. -
d. Take inventory of each battery system.
e. Power up each rectifier/charger board to assure proper operation.
Test Procedure for Battery
Perform a battery capacity test for all batteries supplied on this project per the
IEEE procedures using an Alber automated Battery Analyzer. Each battery will be
tested to the manufacturer’s rated capacity to a final voltage of 1.75 volts per cell
at the four hour rate for systems under the 800 ampere-hours and at the eight hour
rate for systems over the 800 ampere-hours. Per IEEE guidelines, all cells failing
to meet 90% of rated capacity will be rejected.
Observe the initial ten minutes of the recharge process and check cell voltages to
make sure that the system is within safe limits.
Disconnect the batteries form the test equipment.
Generate a test report for each battery system.
Acceptance at Factory_
The equipment will be accepted if the physical equipment is furnished and
performance is in accordance with the parameters specified. A TEST ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE will be completed which certifies that the
equipment has been approved for shipment to the field.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 86
City of Car&bad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Equipment ATP
2.8.3.2 Field Acceptance Test Plan
Field testing will be performed on all vendor supplied equipment and hardware to
demonstrate its compliance with published specifications and/or functional intent.
The Field acceptance tests are designed to encompass all testing requirements to
demonstrate this compliance. Field Engineers experienced in the
telecommunications industry will do all contracted testing of the project. The field
testing crew works with engineering documents including acceptance test
procedures, block and level drawings, equipment manuals and technical support
literature. Field test data will be recorded on the field test data forms and checklists. These documents will become the base-line data for maintenance
records. The County is welcome to witness all commissioning tests and obtain
informal On-The-Job-Training if so inclined. Ah testing in the field is continually
coordinated by the Field Manager. The crews are also supported by the Program
Manager and the Project Team.
Following completion of installation work, the equipment will be tested for
acceptance as follows:
Site Facilitv Tests:
The following facilities will be checked or tested as applicable to verify
compliance with their functional intent,
a. Equipment and Battery Plant Room temperatures
b. DC power at the equipment rack’s termination points.
c. Antenna transmission line pressurization system.
Radio HOD Tests;
a. Radio transmit local oscillator frequency.
b. Radio transmit power output.
c. Received signal level following antenna alignment
d. Path fade tests will be performed to ensure the threshold of each receiver is
met and there is no interference.
e. Service channel VF and signaling operation.
System Tests:
a FARSCAN operational tests with the remote sites to verify satisfactory
operation of:
b. Versatility equipment alarms and controls.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietatv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 87
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave Equipment ATP
c. External alarms and controls.
d. Data base
e. Tl continuity verification at all site locations in accordance with the agreed
Tl plan.
f. Residual BERAT test will be run as follows:
For RCS microwave system, the residual one-way BER/Tl (test) will
be run from PSC (100) with C&bad Safety Center (502), Alpine
Heights (104) and Rams Hill (329) assigned DS!s looped.
The residual one-way BER/Tl test wilI be performed for a 2 hour
period (under no fade conditions) with BER which will not exceed the
test objective of NxlO-lo, where “N” is equal to the number of radio
hops.
Note: For a single radio hop, one-way test, “N” = 2
After the customer performs the installation inspection and reviews the
Field Commissioning Test Data conditional acceptance occurs. The
Field crews will then complete all items listed on the customers punch
list which was generated during the installation inspection.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 88
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Certificate of Final System Acceptance
2.9 Certificate of Final System Acceptance
Certificate Of Final System Acceptance
San Diego County- Imperial County
Contract:
Project:
Regional Communications System
Final System Acceptance
The City of Carlsbad authorities acknowledge the installation of the CENTRACOM Dispatch
Consoles, microwave link, and other services incident to and necessary for the use of a
communications system as required in the Contract, was complete and performed to the City of
Carlsbad authority’s satisfaction in accordance with the terms of said contract The work for the
System is hereby accepted by the City of Carlsbad authorities. All applicable warranties required
by the contract are authorized to commence.
The mutually agreed on Project Closure items listed below .will be resolved under warranty.
Author&d Signatures
City of Carlsbad Signature Motorola Signature
Title Title
Date Date
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 89
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
System Drawings
3. SYSTEM DRAWINGS
This section contains the following system drawings:
1. Dispatch System Block Diagram
2. Carlsbad Dispatch Center Site - Proposed Equipment Rack Face / Footprint
Layout
3. Dispatch Center Dispatch Positions
4. Carlsbad Dispatch Center Site - Proposed Equipment Room Equipment
Layout -
5. Carlsbad Dispatch Center Site - Existing Equipment Room Equipment Layout
6. Microwave Path Layout
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 90
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
System Descriptions
4. SYSTEM DJBCRIPTIONS
This sections includes descriptions of the proposed hardware to supply dispatch
equipment, the microwave equipment and the hardware necessary to link the
dispatch center and microwave spur into the RCS.
-
M/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 91
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
4.1 Dispatch Center Equipment System Description
The CENTRACOM family of consoles features CRT -based consoles providing
control of the communications system through flexible, user-friendly formats. The
Elite consoles feature a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and operate on a Local
Area Network in a client-server architecture. At the same time, CENTRACOM
offers technical features such as remote electronics, tune division multiplex audio
switching, self diagnostics, and fault minimization. The CENTRACOM products
offers features such as:
Dispatcher Interface Features:
l Microphone/speaker or headset operation
l Telephone audio to headset
l Dispatcher to dispatcher intercom
Display Features:
l FIFO stacking of unit IDS that call dispatch
l High visibility display of a field Emergency
l Unit ID abasing - 10,000 aliases per database server
Dispatch and Paging Features:
l Talkgroup merge (multiple talkgroups merge using one repeater)
l Dispatcher priority control of trunking repeaters
l Selective calling features, by alias, to fieid units ,
l Paging capabilities accommodating Motorola and alternative tone signaling
with aliasing on conventional channels
l Pm-stored paging and selective call lists per operator position
The Motorola CENTRACOM console design considers the possible consolidation of many communications system elements. The radio control, monitoring, and
other controls and displays are included in a building block configuration.
Changes, both operational and organizational, can be implemented by repositioning
or integrating new building blocks into the system.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 92
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
-
-
4.1.1 Dispatcher CRT Consoles
CENTRACOM Elite features an intuitive, Graphical User Interface (GUI). It
operators under the Microsoft Windows NT’U platform and follows the same
standards as other windows programs. The screen layout is simple and uses screen
space efficiently. The console interface electronics unit contains the select and
unselect audio speakers with separate volume controls, built-in condenser
microphone, radio and telephone input volume level controls, W meter, and
operator position console electronics, associated cables, and power supply. A
computer CPU, monitor, keyboard, and mouse or trackball is the operator
interface to the console system. The CRT console supplies all the flexibility of the
CRT console with mouse, and adds the capability of performing many functions
with the touch of a fmger. -
Along with a 2-button mouse or 2-button trackball can be used for a screen
interface. The dispatcher executes functions and operations by using the mouse or
trackball to position the cursor on the screen and pmssing one of the three buttons
on the mouse or trackball.
Screen Format
A Menu Bar is provided at the top of the screen. It is placed horizontally across
the screen, providing pull-down menu items for selection. The selected item will
be high-lighted and a selection can be made by choosing the high-lighted item.
Choosing anywhere outside of the menu window will close that menu window.
A Tool Bar, which contains short-cuts to the menu items in the Menu Bar is
represented by graphical icons. This Tool Bar is located as the second line on the
screen immediately below the Menu Bar. This Tool Bar is capable of exhibiting up
to seven graphical tool icons. The representatives of these tool icons are intuitive
to the user.
A clock is provided at the top of the screen to the right side of the Tool Bar. This
clock will have a time display of Hours:Minutes:Seconds. Either a 12 or 24 hour
display is available. The display is synchronized to the time generator in the CPU
which is synchronized with the Server, therefore, all operators clocks will be
synchronized. Setting the time at the primary supervisor’s console will change the
time display on every console. Only the primary supervisor will have this
capability. When the WWVB time synchronization is included in the system
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 93
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
design, all operator clocks will be synchronized to an external WWVB signal that
is received by a dedicated WWVB mceiver.
Receiver voting is included in the system design, and comparator interface cards
have been included in the Central Electronics Bank equipment list. Controls for
the voting system will be displayed on the on the screen. Indicators for the
RECEIVE, VOTE, DISABLE and FAIL conditions are present on the screen from
each voting receiver and controls which allow the operator to force vote and
disable a receiver site am provided.
Instant recall recorders are included and are operational from the Elite CRT screen. A method of controlling the instant recall recorder is provided on the
screen. The recorder can be located in the same area as the operator console and
the recorder’s control switches will be emulated on the screen. The instant recall
recorder is wired to record the console telephone audio and to replay that audio
upon demand through the unselect speaker, muting the unselect audio during
playback
The dispatch work area on the Elite CRT monitor will contain all resources
including radio resources, or I/O controls. Resources will be displayed in widow
tiles. All resources will be organ&d into folders. Each folder will have a tap
labeled with the name of the folder. Up to 6 folders are available for organizing
different resources. Each folder is capable of containing at least 32 radio resource
tiles or at least 64 I/O resource tiles. Higher resolution screens may contain more
resource tiles per folder.
Each folder is capable of displaying a combination of radio resource and I/O
resource tiles. The same resource is also capable of being represented on different
folders. These resource tiles may be moved around on the screen to be placed
anywhere within a folder. The operator is able to assign and deassign any resource
to the console.
l Auxiliary relay and buffer controls are included in the CENTRACOM Elite
dispatch console, they can also be named using 14 characters. The Auxiliary
input / output devices can support the following relay configurations ( relay
contact ratings....1 amp ):
l Momentary input
l Momentary output
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 94
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
l Latching input
l Latching output
The Elite consoles operate on a Local Ama Network. The Console Administration
program is provided as a standard feature with the Elite Server. This program
shall allow the console manager to perform the following functions:
Create new, and modify existing, and save configurations ( to be used by
operator or shared )
Password protect configurations
Determine the number of folders on the screen
Determine if dispatchers will have the ability to assign and de&sign resources
during dispatch.
Determine if the activity log will be shown initially.
Determine resource configuration
Determine audio routing of resources to speakers
Determine items that should go on the toolbar and where on the toolbar they
should go.
Console Database Manager KDM)
The CDM is a graphic based program that allows configuration of the operator
positions, channels, and hardware. The database created with the CDM can be
downloaded from a single location to the appropriate dispatch positions and
hardware. The database is stored on the server and may be accessed by the CDM
over the LAN.
Alias Database Manager (ADM)
The ADM allows centrally stored alias names for IDS on the SmartZone system.
The database is stored on the server. Up to 10,000 aliases per database can be
stored.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 95
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
Elite Client - Server Oueration
The Server provides the dispatch positions with controlled access to several central
databases, dispatch screen configurations, aliases and dispatcher personality
configuration information. Each dispatch positions contains all of the software
applications: Dispatch, Admin, ADM and CDM. This means dispatch positions
do not have to access software copies from the server. Since each dispatch
position contains all of the software applications, any position can backup any
other position, including the Supervisor. The dispatch positions only need to
access the Server when they change displays, want an updated alias database-or
need to access new resources.
4.1.2 Trunked Cousole Features
CENTKACOM trunked consoles provide many dispatch features which are
described below.
4.1.2.1 Footswitch and Mouse Operation
The mouse is used to select console functions. In addition, the mouse button can
be used as a PTT which will allow the console operator to transmit on any selected
channel. The foot switch has two pedals, both of which produce the same PTT.
4.1.2.2 Trunked Talkgroup Selection and Call
A talkgroup is selected in one of two ways: The frost method is by placing the
mouse cursor over the CCW (Channel Control Window) Choose Area and
depressing the Choose Mouse Key (The choose Area is the area that contains the
name of the CCW).
When the talkgroup is selected; the background of the Channel Name/Select Line
for the talkgroup CCW will become highlighted Depressing the General Transmit
button initiates the talkgroup calL
4.1.2.3 Console Busy Indication and Call Back
In the SmartZone system, resources are assigned by the SmartZone Controller, and there is a possibility that all channels are in use when a call is requested. When a
console attempts to transmit while no channels are available, the SmartZone
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 96
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
Controller provides the transmitting console with an indication that a Talkgroup
channel assignment request cannot be granted at this time. The Talkgroup’s CCW flashes Busy until the channel is available. This occurs regardless of whether or
not the dispatcher continues to depress the CCW Transmit bar. A busy tone is
sounded if the dispatcher has the CCW Transmit Bar depressed when the busy
indication is received.
4.1.2.4 M&Group or Announcement Group Call
CENTRACOM trunked consoles allow multiple talkgroups to be selected for a
multigoup call. All selected talkgroups will hear the dispatch call.
4.1.2.5 Emergency Alarm Display -
When an Emergency Alarm is received at the CRT console the following occurs:
. The Emergency Alann tone sounds in the select speaker and the
Emergency Window appears on the screen.
. If the Emergency Alarm occurs on a talkgroup located in the Radio Work
Area of the CRT display, a red border will flash around the CCW and the
trunked lD appears in the Call Status/ID line. If the Talkgroup is in the
summary list, the background color changes to red and the name will flash.
. In addition, a message will appear in the General Status Line of the Status
Area (bottom right comer of the CRT display). This message identifies
which Talkgroup the Emergency Alarm occurred on, and whether it is in
the Radio Work Area or in the Summary List
4.1.2.6 Multiselect with Group Regrouping
The Multiselect feature allows more than one Talkgroup to be selected
simultaneously for a call from dispatch while utilizing a single RP resource. The
console operator can talk and listen to all selected Talkgroups, however, the
members of a Talkgroup cannot talk or listen to members of other Talkgroups but
only to the console dispatcher and members of their own Talkgroup. The
Multiselect must be set up by the console operator to be regroupable, otherwise
each selected Talkgroup will require its own RP channel resource.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 97
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
t
4.1.2.7 Console Priority
In Motorola SmartZone trunked radio systems, the console operator has
preemptive control of audio being transmitted on the system. The console has the
authority to override the audio of any user which the console is monitoring.
4.1.2.8 Talkgroup Patch
Talkgroup Patch with group regrouping allows a patch between Talkgroups, using
only one RF Channel Resource.
When multiple talkgroups have been patched together, users in these talkgroups
wilI be able to communicate together, across talkgroup boundaries. - -.
4.1.3 Central Electronics Bank
The Central Electronics Bank (CEB) is an electronics package that houses the
following:
l Interface modules for operator positions (local or remote)
l Tone control
l DC control or E&M control base stations
. Monitor receivers
9 Auxiliary inputs/outputs logging recorder by trunked talkgroup (with
appropriate hardware)
l SmartZone system interfaces
All of the audio routing is done via Tie Division Multiplex in the CEB. The CEB
is made up of card cages, 25 pair tetmination cables, punch blocks with spark
gaps, and power supplies. The CEB is housed in 90 inch racks and is remotely
located from the operator positions.
Card Cages: The card cage provides mounting space for two Operator Interface
Modules and eight other base station interfaces, dual receive interfaces, or other interface modules. Above each slot is in the card cage is a second slot for the
placement of an option card that will work with the module directly below it The
card cage provides two 7-pair telephone company style jacks for connection to
two operator position interfaces, and one 25-pair telephone company style jack for
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 98
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment b-
SystemDescription
the eight interface modules. Two additional 25-pair connectors are provided to be
used if required by the use of option cards. On the top and bottom edges of the
card cage are the power inputs and connectors to link multiple card cages
together.
Power Supplies: Power for the CEB is obtained from one or more included
power supplies. Each power supply operates from 120 VAC; 60 Hz. Power
supplies provide short circuit protection and over-voltage protection. Sealed lead
acid batteries are included to preserve memory and real tune clock operation
during brief AC main power faihnes. There is over-discharge protection. The
status battery will provide up to 6 minutes of protection and requires 10 hours to
recharge. When the console is using this battery, the dispatcher position will be
nonfunctional. -
Interface Boards: The interface boards are used to connect radio equipment or
other devices to the CEB. Standard interface boards include:
Operator Interface Module: Links the operator position with the CEB.
Base Interface Moduie: Provides both a 2 wire and 4 wire audio interface for
a base station or receiver
Dud Receive Interface Module: Provides audio inputs for two independent
monitors or auxiliary receivers.
Comparator Interface Module: For use with four voting receivers. Used
with a comparator display at each operator position.
Auxiliary Input/Output Module: Provides additional capacity for input
buffers and output relays up to a total of 16.
Ambassador Interface Multiplex Interface (AIMI): Provides the interface
between the CEB and the Embassy Audio Switch.
Logging Recorder Interfaces: Since a talkgroup may not remain on a
dedicated channel during the course of a conversation, the logging recorder
interface tracks specific talkgroups as they are assigned different repeaters.
These interfaces provide a dedicated talkgroup audio output for recording.
4.1.4 Oflke Style Furniture
The CENTRACOM series furniture is a modem office-style modular dispatch
workstation. The workstation clusters are capable of configuration in whole,
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 99
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Dispatch Center Equipment
System Description
-
-.
multiple or fractional groups to form a variety of work environments designed
around physical constraints, task requirements and functional relationships. The
workstations are accessible from above and below and are sized so that present
and future wiring needs for power, telecommunications and computer data lines
are not limited. The workstations are capable of accommodating devices for
voice, power and data connections.
Each workstation consists of an anodized structural aluminum frame assembly with
integral, invisible fastening devices that am engaged and locked in place without
the need for special tools. Acoustical wall panels are assembled securely enclosed
within the framework. Work surfaces, drawer pedestals and accessory storage
modules are mechanically attached to the framework with common tools. All
wood substrates are Grade-A particle board. -
The fabric wall panels are constructed of rigid aluminum frame with uprights
slotted on 1” centers. Panels are of metal superstructure construction with fabric
inserts with an NRC (noise reduction coefficient) of no less than 0.8 or greater.
Panels are acoustical above and below the work surface. All panels include
levelers with a minimum height adjustment of 2-l/2-inches to accommodate
uneven floors. Panels meet a Class A fire rating. All panels are also stackable.
Panels are available in a variety of heights from 42-l/4-inches to 66-inches high.
The horizontal work surfaces are covered with desktop grade laminate with
universal backing. Edge detail is integral, seamless, bullnose design with full
radius and is high pressure laminate wrapped for damage resistance, aesthetics,
comfort and user safety. All work surface joining points are smooth and
uninterrupted. All surfaces are panel attached in accordance with Bu.riness and
Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association (BIFMA) requirements.
Workstations are cot@ured with all work surfaces flush-mounted.
Work surfaces are constructed of 45 LB density, solid flake board (“A” Grade)
core, l-l/8-inches thick, with a high pressure laminate surface. Work surfaces
have a seamless, post-formed front edge for worker safety and ergonomics.
Rectangular “wing” work surfaces are fastened to the center work surface with a
pin and cam locking device to keep seams tight. All work surfaces are floor-
supported for maximum system strength. A cable trough at the junction of work
surface to wall-panel interface is provided with a flat to conceal cables.
06lO6196 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 100
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave System Description
4.2 Microwave System Description
-
-.
The Carlsbad microwave spur has been designed as a part of the San Diego
County portion of the RCS microwave system design, but will be procured by
Carlsbad under this contract, operating as described in this Statement of Work.
RF frequency coordination and path surveys have been completed under the RCS
contract. Proper performance of the microwave radios depends upon the RF
assignments providing interference free transmission paths throughout the system
and freedom from High/Low RF interference around the loops which are a part of
the RCS microwave system. The system design is subject to change pending
licensing of the necessary microwave frequencies.
The RCS digital microwave system is configured as four loops and associated
spurs, including the spur into Carlsbad’s dispatch center. The North Loop
supports the north simulcast cell and north county IntelliRepeater sites, as well as
the Carlsbad and North County JPA dispatch centers. The South Loop supports
the south simulcast cells and south county IntelliRepeater sites, as well as the
HCFA dispatch center.
4.2.1 Microwave Radios
The MegaStar(Ring)-2000 and DVM6(LJH)-45 microwave radios will operate in a
ring/loop protected configuration and use space diversity, as required, to meet path
reliability criteria of 99.999%. The DVM6-45 will be used in both the upper and
lower portions of the 6 GHz band; but the MegaStar can only be used in the lower
portion of the 6 GHz band due to its 30 MHz RF bandwidth requirement. The
short system sector of the TMC - PSC - Black Mtn. - Lake San Marcos has traffic
loading requiring the capacity of two DS3s whereas the remainder of the North
and South Loops need only a single DS3. The high traffic section will utihze the
MegaStar(Linear)-2000 radios in monitored hot standby mode to meet the traffic and reliability requirements. The majority of the spur loops, which use DVM6-8T
or DVMIO-8/12T radios, will be configured in the monitored hot standby mode
with space diversity.
4.2.2 DVMlO-8T
The Carlsbad - Lake San Mamas spur will be a hot standby link of DVMlO-8T
radios. The DVMlO-8T radio operate within the 10.550 to 10.680 GHz
frequency bands allocated for point to point and Digital Termination System
applications. With a transmission bit rate of 13.2 Mb/s, equivalent to 192 PCM
06Mi96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DGC Page 101
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave System Description c
channels, or 19.5 Mb/s, equivalent to 288 PCM channels, they have connections
available for VF, DS 1, and DS2.
Part of the DVM family of products, the DVMlO-8T is a medium capacity radio
with an effective cost to capacity ratio. With the integral DVTx digital multiplex all
of the SCAN networking features are available. The radio has the following special
features:
Efficient
Modulation
49-QPRS modulation (Quadrature Partial
Response Signaling) is used to achieve a 3.75 MHz (8 DSl) or 5.0 MHz (12 DSl)
bandwidth for point to point allocations. _
Medium
Capacity
The integral DVTx multiplexer accepts up to
twelve DSl signals (or three DS2s) and
connects with the DVS-II service channel.
Power
options
Standard and high power versions are
available to provide extra system gain where
path reliabilties require, yet avoid the added
cost for shorter paths.
Noise
Reduction
The inttinsic error floor is significantly better
than lo-“. At system distances as great as
1000 miles, excessive jitter will not
accumulate due to data regeneration.
Flexibility and reliability are designed into the DVMlO-8T. Utilised as part of a
VersaTllity network or stand-alone in a point to point application this radio
provides the microwave radio operator with the most up to date technology in a
medium capacity application.
4.2.3 Antenna and Transmission Lines
The antenna system includes parabolic antennas, elliptical waveguides, and
hardware for antenna feeder installation. The parabolic antennas are of the
stipulated diameter and include radomes. The length of antenna feed lines and
06m6i96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 102
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
Microwave System Description
installation hardware ate based upon the RCS furnished centerline data plus a
nominal addition of 50 feet.
4.2.4 Power Systems
The battery/charger plant includes appropriately sized GNR type batteries and
redundant La Marche rectifier/chargers, and accessories. Racks supplied for this
equipment ate designed for earthquake zone 4 requirements. The plants are sized
for the proposed equipment and PCM channel bank loads, plus future growth.
-
The rectifier/charger equipment are proposed on a ” l+l” redundancy basis for the
single units and an “N+l ” basis for the multiple units. -
The DC plants also include DC distribution circuit breakers, a battery disconnect
panel, an ammeter, a voltmeter, and specified alarms.
The required input AC source, number of circuits, rack requirements and
redundancy for the Carlsbad rectifier/charger equipment are indicated below.
Rectifier / Charger Type A36F-20-48V-Al
Capacity (Amps) ~~ I 20
I Required AC Circuits
I
2
I
Required # of Racks 1
I Redundancy I
l+l
06/06/96 CSRD-MST.DGC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 103
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
PRJZMISYS IMAC/800
Channel Banks
4.3 PREMISYS IMACS/SOO Channel Banks
The IMACY800 (Integrated Multiple Access Communications Server) Channel Banks take the place of many network access devices, including:
l csus
l DSUs
l Channel banks
l Drop-and-insert multiplexers
l Digital cross-connect systems
One IMACS/800 enclosure can interface up to 8 Tl or El circuits, or both. The
IMACS/800 can be a digital cross connect switch (8 Tl or El non-blocking). All
the circuits are programmable by terminal menu screens using a simple
communications package. Other capabilities include voice compression, sub-rate
data multiplex onto a single DSO time slot and redundant CPUs and power
supplies. An optional network management system is also available. The product
also supports interfaces for newer communication protocols such as frame relay,
ISDN and video.
4.3.1 Chassis
The physical dimensions are 9 l/4-inches length, 17-inches wide, 15 3/8-inches
depth. The unit is rack mountable on standard 19-inch racks. Each chassis can
support up to two CPU cards, two power supply cards, four WAN cards, three
resource cards, one interface card and eight user cards.
4.3.2 Redundant CPU/Power Supplies and WAN Cards
In the unlikely event of equipment failure, the channel banks ate constructed with
redundant features that will switch operation from failed critical components to
“backup” replacements with the minimum loss of service possible.
The three areas of redundant operations are the power system, the CPU card and
the WAN card.
Each of the unit power supply components are designed to switch to the alternate
supply in the event the primary unit fails. Additionally, the defective unit will
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 104
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
PREMISYS IMAu800
Channel Banks
-
-.
display a red LED and create an alarm upon failure to alert the operator of the
condition so that suitable diagnostic and repair work may be initiated.
CPU card redundancy is valuable because of the critical nature of the CPU card to
the operation of the entim channel bank. CPU redundancy is supported in the
cross-connect units using two cards. The CPU card installed .ti slot C2 will
become the redundant mate of the card in slot C 1.
Switch over from one CPU card to the other is triggered by any one of the
following conditions:
l A software command issued by the operator -
l Removal of the active CPU card
l Failure or malfunction of the active CPU card
Tl redundancy is supported in cross-connect systems. One or more of the
following events can trigger a WAN redundancy switch over:
l A software command issued by the operator
l The removal of the active WAN port or card
l The failure or malfunction of the active WAN port or card
l CGA alarm declaration on the active WAN port or card
During a WAN redundancy switch over, disruptions to voice and data traffic are
momentary and traffic will recover automatically.
In cross-connect systems, WAN redundancy uses a dual WAN card with relays.
The WAN card with relays acts as the redundant card for the WAN cards installed
in slots Wl through W3. This is known as 1xN redundancy. Following a
redundancy switch over, the relay module switches the output of the redundant
WAN card to the correct pins on the WAN connector of the interface card. In
cross-connect systems, redundancy switching occur on a WAN card (not port)
basis.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietatv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 105
City of Carlsbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
PREMISYS IMAC/800
Channel Banks
4.3.3 CPU Card
:
The CPU card controls all operations of the system. The CPU supports up to four
WAN cards for a total of eight Tl WAN ports and has a built-in cross-connect
module. The CPU also supports 1xN WAN redundancy. (See description above.)
4.3.4 Power Supply
48V DC power supplies are used. The 48V DC battery bank supplied for the
microwave radios will also supply the 48V DC input power to the power supplies.
-
-.
4.3.5 Ring Generator
Telephone links are provided from the PSC to all remote microw<ve sites. One
channel bank at each site is equipped with a ring generator. The ring generator
provides ringing voltage at 105 VAC (nominal) at 20 Hz for 11 simultaneously
ringing (or 24 non-simultaneously ring) voice ports.
4.3.6 WAN Card
WAN cards manage the flow of data through the channel bank They are also the
point of Tl termination and the source of the system clock. DSX modules are
used to connect to Tl facilities operating at 1.544 Mbps.
4.3.7 Interface Card
The interface card controls many critical functions in the system. It provides
interfaces to external control devices, terminates all Tl WAN links, and holds the
nonvolatile RAM and the internal modem.
The Interface card provides all communications connections to the system. The
interface card has aII communications, control and network interface ports and an
internal modem. Only the nodal port and the control terminal port are used.
4.3.8 Nodal Port
The nodal port allows Alarm Cut Off (ACO) alarm reporting to the Harris
StarScan Network Manager using the co-located Harris DVA Digital Alarm
Remote Assembly. The nominal output of the AC0 is 5V and the short-circuit is
250 mA. The alarm interface is activated by the AC0 pre-programmed setting.
The nodal port uses an RI-48 connector. Pins 3,4 and 5 form an RS-485
compatible c-contact closure.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Promietarv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 106
City of Carisbad
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
PREMISYS IMAcA?OO
Channel Banks
The AC0 feature is used by the system to alert the operator of a preprogrammed
set of alarm conditions. A manual met is required to clear the alarm condition.
Manual reset is accomplished by physically resetting the interface card.
4.3.9 Control Terminal Port
The control terminal port is used to connect VT- 100 compatible terminal for direct
on-site provisioning “setup” and alarm reporting. See “System Provisioning”,
below.
-- 4.3.10 User Cards
Although them are a number of user cards available, only the SRU, E&M and
Digital Simulcast Modem II cards are employed for this system.
4.3.10.1 SRU Cards
Sub-rate data cards allow you to connect low and medium speed (2.4 - 38.4 Kbps)
data terminal equipment (DTE) and data communications equipment (DCE) to the
system. Since a port does not require a complete 64 kbps time slot, the SRU card
allows you to multiplex up to ten RS232 devices into a single, subdivided time slot
on a WAN card. Each port receives its timing from the system clock.
4.3.10.2 E&M Card
E&M cards manage the flow of voice (non-simulcast voice) traffic over the
network. Each card controls up to eight units or channels. Normal E&M,
Transmission Only and E&MR2 modes are supported.
4.3.10.3 HSU Card
HSU cards allow connection of high speed data terminal equipment (DTE) and
data communications equipment (DCE) to the system. The HSU model 8212
supports two V.35 data ports.
06/06/96 Motorola Confidential and Pronrietatv CSBD-MST.DOC Page 107
City of Carlsbad Equipment Lists
Dispatch Center
and Microwave System
5. EQUIPMENT LISTS
The following sections contain equipments lists for the Dispatch Center
Equipment, Console Interface Equipment, and Microwave Equipment.
-
06/06/96 CSBD-MST.DOC Motorola Confidential and Pronrietarv Page 108
City of Carkbad
Dispatch Center Equipment
Dispdch Cantor Equlpmont
Item Qty Nomenclature Descrlptlon
Dbpatch Conso#e Eaubment
1 5 lDNW36.
2 5 TDNl126
3 5 81809
3 a 5 K57OAB
3 b 5 K704AA
3 c 5 K739
3d 5 K154AA
38 5 X211
4 5 TENW31A
5 5 TDNW32A
6 6 TDN7881
7 5 BKN6170
8 1 BlBllAC
8a 1 K565
8 b 1 K837-C
8c 1 K206AF
8d 1 X766
fj e 1 KW5AD
8 f 1 X643AG
8 g 1 K153AB
8h 1 K206AE
9 2 81426
10 4 81423
11 3 B1442
12 1 B1633
13 7 B184OA
14 1 Q3207
14 a 1 K756
15 1 B1827
15a 5 X291
15 b 7 X597
15c 1 X299
15d 1 X300
16 1 BLN7011A
17 1 B185OA
18 1 81814
19 ! 81813
20 1 81819
21 1 81820
22 1 B1792A
23 5 BDN6412
24 5 BDN6700
Unit Price Total
COMPUTER/l00 MHz/lGB RAM/WINDOWS NT
17’ MONTIOR FOR ELITE OP PCS DESKTOP
GOLD SERIES DESKTOP CIE INTERFACE
HEADSET JACK
SECOND HEADSEl JACK
AUX SIGNALING INPUT W/PTT INF’UT
100 FOOT SrD CABLE (7 PAIR)
WlNDOWS INSTALLATlON
WINDOWS NT UCENSE UPGRADE TO ELITE
WlNDOWS NT WORKSTATION SOFkVARE ELITE UPGf
5265.90
1440.00
6228.00
158.40
158.40
!5u.w
74.16
432.00
30.96
305.00
3-BUTTON MOUSE
TELEPHONE HEADSET INTERFACE CBL
GOLD SERIES CEB (3 CARD CAGE)
RS232 INTERFACE / OMI RELOCATOR
EXPRESS SERVICE PLUS 3 CC
BATTERY BACKUP
ALIAS DATABASE MANAGER INTERFACE
TRUNKED AIMIS
AEB-CEB T 1 XBUS CH24 SIG
50 FOOT CABLE (25 PAIR)
BATTERY BACKUP
COMPARATOR INTERFACE MODULE
DUAL RECEIVE INTERFACE MODULE
AUXILIARY I/O INlERFACE MODULE
DIRECT PHONE INTERCONNECT MODULE
GOLD BASE INTERFACE MODULE
SMART PHONE INTERFACE MODULE
SHIP LOOSE BOX
GOLD SERIES LICENSE MANAGER (FLASHKEY)
GOLD CRT OPERATOR SOFIWARE UCENSE
CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL SOFMlARE LICENSE
TELEPHONE INTEGRATlON SOFTWARE UCENSE
SMARTZONE ANALOG CONSOLE SOFM/ARE UC
GOLD TIMER
LOGGING RECORDER INTERFACE - 8 TRACK
GOLD CRT/ELITE OP SPARES
GOLD SERIES SYSTEM SPARES (COIM)
GOLD CEB SPARES - CONVENTIONAL
CEB SlNGLE POWER SUPPLY SPARES
AIMI SPARES
DIGITAL CALL CHECK - OPERATES FROM SCRN
ADD 10 MIN TO CALL CHECK MEMORY (20 MINI
61.92
87.84
19872.00
214.56
1072.80
360.00
720.00
7902.00
0.00
53.28
3m3J
1044.00
662.40
889.20
1148.40
568.80
864.w
12.96
72.00
35w.w
200.00
100.00
,500.00
649.44
5771.52
1957.68
3240.00
2168.64
36w.00
3836.88
4555.80
1479.60
26329.50
72oo.al
31140.00
792.00
792.00
270.00
370.80
2160.00
154.80
1530.00
371.52
439.20
19872.00
214.56
1072.80
360.00
720.00
79IM.00
om
53.28
360.00
2088.00
2649.60
2667.60
1148.40
398 1.60
8a.w
12.96
72.00
17500.00
1400.00
100.00
5w.w
649.44
5771.52
1957.68
3240.00
2168.64
36cQ.w
3836.88
22779.00
7398.00
-
-.
186489.78
Page 1
Buc&up contd stuttum
25 5 T99DX
25 a 5 132W
25 b 5 6242
25~ 5 W665
25d 5 G51
25 e 5 G114
26 5 H1623
26a 5 6806
27 5 RRA4976
28 375 L17W
29 10 TDN9714
city of ca&bad
Dt.qmtch Centef Equipment
ASTRO SPECTRA DlGlTAL MOBILE RADIO 1881.00
W7 VERSION 327.00
ASTRO DIGITAL OPERATION 0.00
CONTROL STATION OPERAllON 324.00
ENH: SMARTZONE OPERAllON 434.00
ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY 42.00
ASTRO FlASHPORT DlGlTAL PKG 0.00
ENH: APCO 25 CAl 33.33
MAG MOUNT ANTENNA MINI UHF CONN 35.10
l/4’ wl.Ex CABLE 1.71
N PLUG CONNECTOR 15.08
9405.00
1634.99
0.00
1620.w
2170.00
210.00
0.00
166.65
175.50
641.25
150.75
16174.14
Dbpdch Confer Fumihlm& Accessodes
30 1 FURNlTURE RADlO DISPATCH, CALL TAKER % SUPERVlSOR
PER ENCLOSED DRAWlNGS
74501.06
74801.06
Page 2
city of Carlabad Console Interface Equipment
Cansob Inttico Equipment
Item Qty Nomenclature Descrlptlon Unlt Price Total
1 1 TDN1128A BITRUNNR BASE UNIT 2245.50 2245.50
la 1 TDN1105A
lc 8 TDNl114A
ld 2 TDN113OA
2 1 DGfREM8918
3 2 DQFUEM8902
4 1 DQPREM8904
5 1 DQPREM8920
6 2 DGfREM8801
7 1 DQFQEM8010
8 4 DQPREMB 11
9 1 DQFREM8118
10 1 DGf’REM8128
11 1 MWQGN6428
12 1 DQPREM8212
13 1 TDNl127
12 PORT HUB
HUB CABLES
SYNC CABLE
UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURE
DC POWER SUPPLY
-48VDC RING GENERATOR
INTERFACE CARD W/2400 B MODEM
CPU CONTROL CARD W/CROSS CONN
DUAL Tl /El UNE INTERFACES
DSX/CEPT PLUGIN MODULE
8 PORT 4 WIRE E&M/IO
8P. 2W, 900 OHM FXS/FXSDN/PlJR/DPO
FUSE ALARM PANEL
2 PORT I-W V.35 CARD
1 PORT SYNC CARD
1003.50
30.80
.180.00
135O.W
1125.00 450.00
2025.00
!x62.!xI
1912.50
562.50
1350.00
1462.50
607.50
1633.50
990.00
1003.50
244.80
340.00
1350.w
2250.00 450.00
2025.00
10125.00
1912.50
2250.W
1350.00
1462.50
607.50
1633.50 990.00
30259.60
-.
Page 1
clly of cartsbad
Mkxowave Equ@ment List
Mkmwavo Eqdpmont
Item Qty Product Tvpe Product Number Desaiptlon
@dhl/ fbfkfOWUW mdk SDlU lo.6 G/f2
- 1 2DRP
2 PDRP
Unit Price Total
Terminal HP (MHSB) eh 4 DSl
Ml-2 unit
69339
864
138678
1728
smvlce chum*/
3 1 DAE
supefviscYfyAhlml/conhvl
4 1 DAB
5 1 DAB
6 1 DAB
-
10.615 GHz Antenna System
7 2 wx P2-lO!JA/R2E
8 4 wx 19oDE/CPlxQG
9 2 wx 55001-w
10 2 wx wFrP9&24-la5
11 235 wx
12. 7 wx 4239BA-5
13 7 wx 317696
14 7 wx 317681\
15 6 wx
16 2 wx
17 2 wx
18 2 wx
19 2 wx 317718
PRESSllRlZ4llON EQUIPMENT
20 1 wx MT-050-101
CHARGERSAND BAl7ERY PLANIS
21 lwc A36F-2@48V-A 1
BAnERYmANts
DVS-II - Terrninal OT 2-Way; &I handset 3736 3736
DvA(ehv32AJmsand8-cumis)
W=WnpAdapbw SCAN cable
48
75
2~AntemaefwRadome 1863
Connector, Standard 387
WWndsJv 69
FlexTvvistWaquide(2ft) 516
Elli@cal wanmgukh (p&&t) 19
HangerKt(10perldt4fts@q) 54
l-la&am Kit (W4” lcrlg) la
&lgleAdapterKit(10perklt) 87
GroutldtlgtGt(withfieki-Lug) 55
HoisthgGiip 54
W-A Boot (5 inch) 101
Feed-th Plate (4 openings) 264
-RodSupport (5perkit2fwt) 151
4243
48
75
3725
1546
137
1033
376
125
605
331
107
203
528
301
Detlydrator&LowPrwssure Alarm(wallmCUrIt~
CHAFIGERS (IY Redundant)
3205 3206
Input Single Phse 12ov16oH~ Out@ 4BVDC; Rack 7.5’
heightx23”wi&h;S&micZme4Radc(7.5hei&tx23”
width); Gomd Bar; Lug Kit Battery Dii Panel; EquasZe
Tk~ler; Breaker Panel.
output2oAmps 9182
(Includes Seismic Zone 4 Modular Steel Trays)
22 1PDC GNBlO5AHBatbyPiant
sERvlcEs
5154
23 SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING
23a 1 WA AppliEngineering
23b 1 SND Drafting
23c 1 SNS Systems Englneerlng
24 FACTORY lNlEGRA’llON AND SYSTEM TEST
2Qa 1 SMI SPIQ lncludlng StarScan
24b 1 SMC SIPQ Customer Acceptance Support
25 TRANSMISSION ENGINEERING
987
1054
69
179
2Sa 1 SNT Transmission Englneerlng 2352 2352
Page 1
26
26a 1 SNP
26b 1 SNE
26 c 1 SrJI
26d 1 PDK
27
27 a
1
27 b
1
27c 1
c3yofcarlsbad
Mkxowave Equfprnent Ust
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND lNSlAUA~ON
Program Management
ProJect Englneerlng
Reid Englneertng
vendorservlces
FREIGHT
FREIGHT To HARRIS FARlNON/VENDOR
Freight for Rectttlers/Chargers to Vendor
FREIGHT TO SITE
Freight for Antennas to Carkbad
Rack freight for equipment to San Diego
3682 3682
17oM 17064
25636 25436
14851 14851
7910 7910
273690
Page 2
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AGREEMENT
This Agreement, made and entered into this day of 1996, by and between
Motorola Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Motorola” or “Seller”, and
the City of Carisbad, California, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as
“Purchaser”.
Witnesseth:
Whereas, the Purchaser desires to purchase a Communications System; and
Whereas, Motorola desires to sell a Communications System; and
Therefore, the parties hereby enter into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola shall
perform the work and furnish the equipment and services as more fully set forth herein and in
the following exhibits, which are either attached hereto or incorporated by reference and
hereby made a part of this Agreement:
- Exhibit A General Provisions dated January, 1987 consisting of six (6) pages and
nineteen (19) sections.
Exhibit B Motorola End-User Software License Agreement.
Exhibit C Motorola Proposal including Acceptance Test Plan, Equipment List and
Statement of Work dated .
/Vow, Therefore, for and in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein,
the parties agree as follows:
Section 1 Scope of Work
A Motorola shall furnish all of the equipment as outlined in Exhibit C, and provide such
tools, supplies, iabor and supervision necessary for the installation for those items
purchased to be installed as detailed in Exhibit C for a Communications System.
B. Purchaser shall in addition to responsibilities described in the Statement of Work
included in Exhibit C of this Agreement perform the following coincident with the
performance of this Agreement:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Provide a designated Project Director.
Provide ingress and egress to Purchaser’s facilities and/or sites as requested by
Motorola and have such facilities available for installation of the equipment to be
installed.
Provide adequate telephone lines for the installation and operation of the
equipment.
Provide adequate AC Power at 117 VAC + lo%, 60 Hz for the installation and
operation of the equipment.
Provide a designated work area with adequate heat and light, and a secure storage
area for equipment delivered to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be solely
MotoroWCarlsbad -l- June 6, 1996
liable for loss or damage to equipment prior to, during and following installation
when such equipment is on or within Purchaser’s facilities and/or vehicles.
Section 2 Sites
This Agreement is predicated on the utilization of sites and site configurations, which have been
selected either by the Purchaser or by Motorola as contained in the Motorola proposal. in either
situation, should it be determined by either Motorola or Purchaser during the course of
performance on this Agreement that the sites or configuration selected are no longer available
or desired, new or replacement sites or configuration will be selected and approved by both
Motorola and the Purchaser. If any price adjustments are necessary as a result of these new or
replacement sites, such price adjustments will be added to this Agreement by change order in
accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions.
-
-
Section 3 Subsurface/Structural Conditions
This Agreement and the hotoroia proposal are predicated upon normal soil conditions defined by
E.I.A. standard N-222 (latest revision). Should Motorola encounter subsurface, structural,
and/or latent conditions at any site differing from those, indicated on the specifications, or as
used in the preparation of the bid price, the Purchaser will be given immediate notice of such
conditions before they are further disturbed. Thereupon, Motorola and the Purchaser shall
promptly investigate the conditions and, if found to be different, will adjust the plans and/or
specifications as may be necessary. Any changes which cause an adjustment in the contract
price or in time required for the performance of any part of the contract shall result in a
contract modification in accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions.
Section 4 Period of Performance
A Motorola shall complete the work in accordance with the following schedule:
( 1 ) Delivery date of’equipment
( 2 ) Completion of installation
( 3 ) Final Acceptance/Completion of Acceptance Test
B. Whenever Motorola knows or reasonably should know that any actual or potential
condition due to circumstances beyond its control is delaying or threatens to delay the
timely performance of the work, Motorola shall within thirty (30) days give Purchaser
notice thereof and may request an extension of time to perform the work.
C in order to successfully integrate and implement this project, shipments will be made
F.O.B. Destination to Purchaser facilities, local Motorola staging facilities, warehousing
facilities, or any combination thereof. It is agreed that this plan is acceptable to
Purchaser and that Motorola will advise prior to shipment of actual destination and that
purchaser will accept shipment, and make payment as required by this Agreement.
D. It is also agreed that equipment shipping da-tes reflected in this agreement or in Motorola
proposals are estimates only, and that shipment may be made at any time prior to, or
subsequent to these estimated shipping dates.
MotoroWCarlsbad -2. June 6. 1996
Section 5 Acceptance Criteria
A
8.
C
_~
--
Motorola has included an Acceptance Test Plan (“ATP”) which has been agreed to by both
parties either in writing prior to this Agreement or by execution of this Agreement and
is a part of Exhibit C to this Agreement. The successful completion of the ATP will be
the sole criterion for system acceptance.
Should the Purchaser commence use of the system or any sub-system thereof for their
intended purposes, other than for the express purposes of training or testing, prior to
system acceptance, final payment for said system or sub-system shall be due net thirty
(30) days. The warranty or maintenance periods for such equipment put into use,
unless warranty or maintenance has already begun, shall be deemed to have commenced
concurrently with the use of the equipment for its intended purpose. The use of the
equipment for its intended purpose shall be deemed to have occurred when the Purchaser
commences to use and rely primarily on the equipment for its communications.
Upon notification ‘by Motorola that the system is available for acceptance testing, it is
agreed that should the acceptance testing of the system or any subsystem thereof be
delayed for reasons beyond Motorola’s control, that final payment for the subsystem or
system shall become due net thirty (30) days and warranty or maintenance shall
commence upon notice to Purchaser by Motorola.
Section 6 Payment Schedule
A Motorola agrees to sell ail of the equipment and perform the services as outlined in the
Scope of Work and in Exhibit C, and Purchaser agrees to buy the aforementioned
equipment and services for the sum of Dollars ($ ).
B. The Purchaser shall make payments to Motorola as follows:
In accordance with the terms of the Equipment Lease Agreement or as determined
between Motorola and the City.
All invoices shall be due and payable net thirty (30) days from the date of invoice
C In the event of failure or delay by the Purchaser in providing sites, space, approvals,
licenses, or any other Purchaser obligations required preceding delivery of Motorola
equipment, it is agreed that Motorola, at its sole discretion, may ship equipment as
planned and that the Purchaser will accept the equipment and make payment in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any additional costs incurred by Motorola
for storage of equipment will be invoiced and paid by Purchaser.
Section 7 Project Management
A If the size or complexity of the project warrants, Motorola will assign a Project
Manager, who is authorized to exercise technical direction of this project. Motorola, at
any time, may designate a new or alternate Project Manager without written notice.
B. Ail matters affecting the terms of this Agreement or the administration thereof shall be
referred to Motorola’s cognizant Contract Administrator who shall have authority to
negotiate changes in or amendments to this Agreement.
MotoroWCarlsbad -3- June 6. 1996
Section 8 Notice Addresses
A Motorola, inc.
9980 Carroll Canyon Road
San Diego, California 92131-l 186
Attn.: Contracts And Compliance Department
B. City of Carlsbad
2560 Orion Way
Carlsbad, California 92008
Attn.:
Section 9 Order of Precedence
In the event of an inconsistency in this Agreement, the inconsistency shall be resolved in the
following order: a
--
-.
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
General Provisions dated January, 1987 consisting of six (6) pages and
nineteen (19) sections. -
Motorola End-User Software License Agreement.
Exhibit C Motorola Proposal including Acceptance Test Plan, Equipment List and
Statement of Work dated
Section 10 Disputes
Motorola and the Purchaser will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of this
Agreement through consultation and negotiation in good faith and a spirit of mutual cooperation.
If those attempts fail, then the dispute will be mediated by a mutually acceptable mediator to be
chosen by Motorola and the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after written notice by one of the
parties demanding non-binding mediation. Neither one of the parties may unreasonably
withhold consent to the selection of a mediator, and Motorola and the Purchaser will share the
cost of the mediation equally. By mutual agreement, however, Motorola and Purchaser may
postpone mediation until both parties have completed some specified but limited discovery about
the dispute. The parties may also agree to replace mediation with some other form of non-
binding alternate dispute resolution procedure (“ADR”).
Any dispute which cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation
within two (2) months of the date of the initial demand for it by one of the parties may then be
submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction in Illinois. Both Motorola and Purchaser consent
to jurisdiction over it by such a court. The use of any ADR procedures will not be considered
under the doctrine of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either party.
Nothing shall prevent either of the parties from resorting to the judicial proceedings mentioned
in this paragraph if (a) good faith efforts to attempt resolution of the dispute under these
procedures have been unsuccessful or (b) interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent
serious and irreparable injury to one of the parties or others.
Section 11 Severability
if any portion of this Agreement or any exhibits hereto is held to be invalid, such provision
shall be considered severable, and the remainder of this Agreement or any provision hereof
shall not be affected.
MotorolaKarlsbad -4. June 6, 1996
Section 12 Headings and Section References
The headings given to the paragraphs herein are inserted only for convenience and are in no way
to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular
paragraph to which the heading refers.
Section 13 Full Agreement
This Agreement and Exhibits hereto constitute the final expression of the agreement of the
parties and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral,
relating to the work. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by
written instrument signed by the duly authorized representatives of both parties.
In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the last day and year written below. .
MOTOROLA INC. CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
By:
(Signature)
By:
(Signature)
Name:
(Print - Block Letters)
Name:
(Print - Block Letters)
Title: Title:
(print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters)
Date: Date:
MotoroleKartsbad -5- June 6. 1996
EXHIBIT A - GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1 Standards Of Work
Motorola agrees that the performance of work described in this Agreement and pursuant to this
Agreement shall be done in a professional manner and shall conform to professional standards.
All packaging and packing shall be in accordance with good commercial practice.
Section 2 Taxes
The prices set forth in the Agreement are exclusive of any amount for Federal, State or Local
excise, sales, lease, gross income service, rental, use, property, occupation or similar taxes.
if any taxes are determined applicable to this transaction or Motorola is required to pay or bear
the burden thereof, the Purchaser agrees to pay to Motorola the amount of such taxes and any
interest or penalty thereon no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
- Section 3 Shipping, Title and Risk Of Loss -
All sales and deliveries are F.O.B. Destination. Motorola reserves the right to make deliveries
in installments and the Agreement shall be severable as to such installments. Title to the
equipment shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery to the F.O.B. Point. After delivery to the
F.O.B. Point, risk of loss and damage to the articles shall be borne by the Purchaser. The above
notwithstanding title to software and any third party supplied software shall not pass upon
payment of the license fee therefor or under any circumstances.
Section 4 Changes in the Work
A The Purchaser may, at any time, by written order, make changes within the general
scope of the work, including but not limited to revisions of, or additions to, portions of
the work, or changes in method of shipment or packaging and place of delivery.
8. If any order under this Section 4 causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or time
required for the performance of any part of the work under this Agreement, an equitable
adjustment shall be made in the Agreement price or delivery schedule, or both, and the
Agreement shall be modified in writing accordingly. Motorola is not obligated to comply
with any order hereunder unless and until the parties reach agreement as to the
aforementioned equitable adjustment and same is reflected as an addendum to this
Agreement.
Section 5 Limitation of Liability
Except for personal injury or death, Motorola’s total liability whether for breach of contract,
warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort or otherwise, is limited to the price of the
particular products sold hereunder with respect to which losses or damages are claimed.
Purchaser’s sole remedy is to request Motorola at Motorola’s option to either refund the
purchase price, repair or replace product(s) that are not as warranted. In no event will
Motorola be liable for any loss of use, loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss, lost profits
or savings or other incidental, special, or consequential damages to the full extent such may be
disc/aimed by law. No action shall be brought for any breach of this contract more than one (1)
year after the accrual of such cause of action except for money due upon an open account.
MotoroWCarlsbad -l- June 6. 1996
Section 6 Excusable Delays
A Neither Motorola nor the Purchaser shall be responsible for delays or lack of
performance resulting from acts beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
Such acts shall include, but not be limited to, acts of God; fire; strikes; material
shortages; compliance with laws or regulations; riots; acts of war; or any other
conditions beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties.
B. Delays as identified herein may cause an impact on the Period of Performance stated in
the Agreement. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as described in
Section 4.
Section 7 Default
A If Motorola is wholly responsible for failure to make delivery or complete installation
under the agreement, the Purchaser may consider Motorola to be in default, unless such
failure has been caused by the conditions set forth in Section 6 of these General
Provisions.
- 8. The Purchaser shall give Motorola written notice of such default and Motorola shall have
thirty (30) days to provide a plan of action to cure said default. If Motorola fails to cure
said default, the Purchaser may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement or
complete the system through a third party. In the event the Purchaser completes the
system through a third party, Motorola shall be responsible for an amount in excess of
the Agreement price, not to exceed the value of the terminated portion, incurred by the
Purchaser in completing the system to a capability not exceeding that specified in the
Agreement. In the event of default, Motorola shall not be liable for any incidental,
liquidated, special or consequential damages.
Section 8 Delays by Purchaser
If the Purchaser is responsible for delays which cause the installation and acceptance of this
system as defined in the Agreement, to be rescheduled beyond the Period of Performance set
forth in the Agreement, the Purchaser shall be liable for actual costs incurred by Motorola
resulting from these delays. Such charges may include, but are not limited to, additional
Engineering; rescheduling charges; storage charges; maintenance charges; and transportation
charges. The Purchaser shall have the option to attempt to minimize actual costs incurred by
storing and transporting equipment at its own expense. Motorola reserves the right to modify
payment terms in the event of such delays.
Section 9 Licenses/Authorization
The Purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining any licenses or other authorizations required
by the Federal Communications Commission and for complying with FCC rules. Neither
Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of the Purchaser in FCC matters
or otherwise. Motorola, however, may assist in the preparation of the license application at no
charge to the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that project implementation is predicated on
receipt of proper FCC licensing.
Section 10 Indemnification
Motorola agrees to and hereby indemnifies and saves Purchaser harmless from all liabilities,
judgments, costs, damages and expenses which may accrue against, be charged to, or recovered
from the Purchaser by reason of or on account of damage to the property of the Purchaser or the
MotoroWCarlsbad -2. June 6. 1996
property of, injury to, or death of any person, when such damage or injury is caused by
Motorola’s sole negligence or that of its employees, subcontractors, or agents while on the
premises of the Purchaser during the delivery and installation of the communications
equipment. In no event will Motorola be liable for incidental, special or consequential damages.
Section 11 Equipment Compatibility
Motorola agrees that the equipment, will perform in accordance with the specifications and
representations stated in Motorola’s Proposal and Equipment List included in this Agreement.
This Agreement does not extend to the performance of the equipment as a part of a larger system
generally nor specifically to equipment in combination with products, elements or components
not supplied by Motorola.
Section 12 Warranties
Please refer to Schedule 1, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, for a
description of the Motorola-provided warranties.
Section 13 Confidential Information - -~ -
-. Motorola proprietary computer programs will be released in accordance with the Software
License provisions set forth elsewhere, if applicable. All other material and information of
confidential nature marked Motorola Proprietary and Confidential will be released as necessary
under the following conditions:
( 1 ) Purchaser shall exercise reasonable and prudent measures to keep these items in
confidence.
( 2 ) Purchaser shall not disclose these items to third parties without prior written
permission, unless Motorola makes them public or Purchaser learns them
rightfully from sources independent of Motorola, or it is required by law to be
disclosed.
( 3 ) Motorola, where necessary, retains the right to prescribe specific security
measures for the Purchaser to follow to maintain the confidentiality.
In the event disclosure of such information is necessary, a separate Non-Disclosure Agreement
will be required.
Section 14 Software License
Motorola will, in the course of the transaction for the items of equipment identified in the
Agreement, deliver to Purchaser, on a licensed basis, one or more computer programs
(“Motorola Software”). Delivery of all Motorola Software by Motorola and acceptance of same
by Purchaser shall be made only under the terms and conditions as contained in Exhibit B
attached hereto and made a part hereof. The terms and conditions of the License Agreement
contained in Exhibit B shall survive the completion of the Agreement.
MotoroWCarlrbad -3- June 6, 1996
Section 15 Patent Indemnification
Motorola agrees to defend, at its expense, any suits against Purchaser based upon a claim that
any products furnished hereunder directly infringes a U.S. patent or copyright, and to pay costs
and damages finally awarded in any such suit, provided that Motorola is notified promptly in
writing and at Motorola’s request and expense is given control of said suit and all requested
assistance for defense of same. If the use or sale of any such product(s) furnished hereunder is
enjoined as a result such suit, Motorola, at its option and at no expense to Purchaser, shall
obtain Purchaser the right to use or sell said product(s) or shall substitute an equivalent
product or products reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and extend this indemnity thereto or
shall accept the return of said product(s) and reimburse Purchaser the full purchase price
therefor, less a reasonable charge for reasonable wear and tear. This indemnity does not extend
to any suit based upon any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent or copyright by
the combination of any product(s) furnished by Motorola and other elements nor does it extend
to any product(s) of Purchaser’s design or formula.
Section 16 Disclaimer of Patent License
-
-.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, either directly or by implication,
estoppel, or otherwise, any license under any patents or patent applications of- Motorola, except
that Purchaser shall have the normal non-exclusive royalty-free license to use that is implied,
or otherwise arises by operation of law, in the sale of a product.
Section 17 Waiver
Failure or delay on the part of Motorola or Purchaser to exercise right or power hereunder
shall not operate as a waiver thereof.
Section 18 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Illinois.
Section 19 Assignability
The Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto other than Motorola may assign this
order to one of its Subsidiaries as in the normal course of business.
MotoroWCartsbad -4- June 6. 1996
ctlyorcalsbad
Dispatch Center and Microwave $&em
Equlpmenl Summary:
CarlsbadD@atchCenter
Dispatch Console Equlpment
Backup Control Statlons
Dkpatch Center Furniture & Accesorles
Console Interface Equipment
Mkmwave!sydem
Mlcrowave Equipment
Total Equipment Cost
Tax 7.75 % of Equipment
Microwave Vendor services
Detailed System Des&~
Detailed lmplementatlon Planning
Mlcrowave Procurement Support
Mlcrowave lmplementatlon Management
Factory Staglng Support
lnstallatlon & lntegratlon Optimlzatlon & Acceptance Testlng
System DocumentuHon
System Management Support
Tralnlng & Support Program Management
ProJect Admlnlstratlon
IndirectSe~kes
Factory Staging & lmplementatlon Services
cc3 Factory Staglng
CC3 Factory Supplled Cabilng
0th.r cosls System Warranty Pwiod
Maintenance (Not Included)
Tralnlng
Freight
Total Direct, lndlrect and Other Costs
System 6mnd Total
184A89.78
16174.14
74,501.06
30259.80
179b3o.w
487.054.78
37.74675
94Rjo.00
146460.00
76X321.53
6/ 101% Motorola Conlldentlal and Proprletary
SCHEDULE No. 1
TO THE
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
MOTOROLA, INC.
AND THE
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
City of Carisbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
1.0 Product Warranties
Motorola warrants that all products provided under this agreement will be free from defects in
design., material, and workmanship for the Warranty Periods listed in Table I - Warranty Periods.
During the respective Warranty Periods, Motorola will repair or replace defective parts free of
charge, including freight, during the product warranty period. Such action on the part of Motorola
shall be the full extent of Motorola’s warranty liability, and the City of Carlsbad’s exclusive
remedy hereunder.
Infrastructure maintenance labor and transportation costs to County locations will be provided in
accordance with the maintenance provisions of this agreement
Table I - Warranty Periods
Su U Beeinnine Period
Microwave Equipment Conditional Acceptance or -1 Year
Beneficial Use
Channel Bank Equipment Conditional Acceptance or 1Year
Beneficial Use
Dispatch Consoles Conditional Acceptance or 1Year
Beneficial Use
800 MHz Control Stations Upon receipt at designated location 1Year
within San Diego County
2.0 Software Warranty
If at any time during the Warranty Period Motorola or the City of Carlsbad shall discover one or
more reproducible defects or errors in the system software which prevents the system &om
properly performing in material conformance with its applicable specifications, Motorola will, at
its own expense, promptly correct such defect or error and provide to the City of Carlsbad
corrected software. Motorola does not warrant that the operation of the system software will be
uninterrupted or error free; however, Motorola will exercise reasonable efforts to correct all system
software errors and defects.
3.0 800 MHz System Software Updates
Motorola warrants that any updates to the version of software utilized in the system will be made
known to and offered to the City of Carlsbad at no cost to the City of Carlsbad; including software,
infrastructure installation, and verification of software performance, until Enal system acceptance
and through the one year warranty period. The City of Carlsbad will be responsible for the
installation of software in mobiles, portables, control stations, and mobile data krminal devices.
Theretier, Motorola shall use its best efforts to make such updates known to the City of Carlsbad
for the City of Carlsbad’s purchase.
6M96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary
City of Carlsbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
4.0 Nickel-Cadmium Battery Warranty
Nickel-Cadmium batteries sold by Motorola under this Agreement are warranted to be free from
defects in workmanship and material for a period of twelve( 12) months from date of receipt at the
designated City of Carlsbad location.
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries used with Motorola portable radios will be replaced without cost during
this warranty period if:
1. the battery capacity falls below 80% of rated capacity, or
2. the battery develops visually apparent leakage of electrolyte.
Replacement batteries are warranted only for the remaining unexpired warranty period of the
original battery. This warranty is void if:
a. the batteries are charged by other than Motorola approved battery chargers specified
for charging the battery; -
b. charging is done at temperatures greater than +50 degrees C or less than +5 degrees C,
C. any of the seals on the battery enclosure or cells are broken or show evidence of
tampering; d. the battery is used in equipment or service other than the radio equipment for which it
is specified.
5.0 Test Equipment
Warranty on test equipment provided under this Agreement is limited to the standard manufacturer
warranty. The City of Carlsbad will coordinate warranty services directly with the test equipment
manufacturer during the respective product warranty periods.
6.0 Third Party Product Warranties
Motorola shall assign to the City of Carlsbad all warranties extended to Motorola by
manufacturers of third party products. Motorola shall be responsible for the administration of any
third-party product warranties, for the respective product warranty periods stated above for
products provided by Motorola under this agreement, except test equipment.
7.0 Parts Availability Warranty
Replacement parts/crystals for user equipment are normally available for seven (7) years after
cancellation for portable and mobile products and forten (10) years on base/fixed infrastructure
equipment. Every effort will be made to supply replacement items if originals are not available,
and we reserve the right to supply either assemblies or piece parts. Motorola is not responsible for
supplying replacement parts for equipment not manufactured by Motorola. Motorola shall notify
the City of Carlsbad of Motorola’s or other manufacturer’s intent to cancel products contained in
614196 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary 2
City of Carlsbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
this Agreement. The City of Carlsbad shall have the option of purchasing products, parts or
components in a final production run of such Motorola-manufactured products. Motorola is not
responsible for supplying replacement parts for equipment not manufactured by Motorola but shall
notify the City of Carlsbad of such manufacturer’s intent to cancel and will make reasonable efforts
to secure final production run purchase options flum the manufacturer.
8.0 Services Warranty
Motorola warrants that the services performed by it and its subcontractors under this agreement
shall be performed in a good, workmanlike and professional manner. If during the applicable
subsystem Warranty Period, the City of Carlsbad discovers that such services have not been
performed in accordance with the warranty set forth herein, then Motorola, at its sole expense, will
reperform such services to the extent necessary to cotrect the fault therein,
- - 9.0 Remainder of Warranty Period
Any products replaced during the Warranty Period shall either be warranted for the remainder of
the Warranty Period or Motorola’s or other manufacturer’s standard commercial warranty,
whichever is longer.
10.0 Replacement During Warranty Period
In the event a particular product fails to conform to the warranty three times within the warranty
period, Motorola will, at the City of Carlsbad’s request, take appropriate remedial action to
prevent future reoccurrence of such repetitive product non-conformance, up to and including
replacement of the product
11.0 Warranty Period Maintenance Procedures
11.1 Infrastructure Equipment
During the product warranty periods defined above, Motorola shah provide the necessary
labor, including transportation costs, to remedy any infrastructure equipment failure in the
manner specified below:
First Echelon Maintenance
First echelon maintenance is defined as the initial assessment of a trouble report
initiated by a system user. Initial assessment of a trouble report includes
verification of a system failure or malfunction, and a description of the failure or
mahimction sufficient to determine the appropriate level of maintenance services
requki. The City of Carlsbad will provide first echelon maintenance services
during the respective product warranty periods.
6Ml96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary 3
City of Carisbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
1 tan
During the respective warranty periods, Motorola will respond to requests for
standard (non-emergency) maintenance services to designated City of Carlsbad
locations, other than remote sites, during standard service hours within six (6)
business hours of notification f&m the City of Carlsbad after the City of
Carlsbad’s first echelon response, Motorola will perform dial-up diagnostics
within four (4) business hours of notification from the City of Carlsbad after the
City of Carlsbad’s first echelon response.
Emereencv Reswnse Time
During the respective warranty periods, Motorola will respond to requests for
emergency maintenance services during standard service hours upon notification
from the City of Carlsbad, after the City of Carlsbad’s first echelon response.
Emergency maintenance services are defined as those services requimd to restore a
system or site to the minimum level of system operation necessary to support
primary user operational capabilities. Emergency maintenance requirements do
not include restoration of a single communications channel or system component
whose failure does not al&t primary user operational capabilities.
Standard Service Hours
Warranty maintenance shall be provided by Motorola from 8:OO am. to 4:30 p.m.,
Monday through Friday.
11.2 Mobiles, Portables, Control Stations, Mobile Data Terminal Devices
During the warranty period of mobiles, portables control stations and mobile data terminal
devices, any unit that requires repair will be shipped by the City of Carlsbad, directly to
the appropriate Motorola Factory Service Repair Depot (shipping information will be
provided to the designated City of Carlsbad representative). The Motorola Factory
Service Depot will be responsible to effect the required repair(s) and to provide the
associated documentation describing the malfunction, followed by a description of the
repair(s) that was implemented. All freight will be paid for by Motorola.
Motorola will have responsibility for maintaining the original version of software for all
hits sent in for repair.
Motorola will make every effort to keep all system programming and software features
intact while making repairs on mobile and portable units, but in the event that during the
repair of such units the memory of such information is erased or corrupted the City of
Carlsbad will have the responsibility of reprogramming the equipment as required.
Motorola guarantees that the repaired or replacement equipment will be returned or
provided to the City of Carlsbad within 30 days of receipt by Motorola for repair.
6l4l96 Motorola Confrdemial and Proprietary 4
City of Carlsbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
11.3 Warranty Maintenance Request and Response Procedure
The wamnty maintenance request and response procedure is as follows:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11.4
Motorola will provide the City of Carlsbad with a local telephone number or toll
free number to utilize when requesting a warranty service response. The City of
Carlsbad shall designate the City of Carlsbad personnel authorized to initiate
warranty service requests.
Upon notification of a request for service, Motorola will telephone the City of
Carlsbad to obtain necessary information, and Motorola and the City of Carlsbad
will jointly determine the level of response required.
Motorola will respond to the service request and perform the necessary warranty
or maintenance services.
Upon restoration of system operation, Motorola will repair or replace any failed
component.
Repaired or replaced infrastructure components will be m-installed into the system
and tested. -
Any City of Carlsbad spare parts will be returned to the proper inventory location.
A service log shall be kept on site and updated when services are performed and
completed.
The City of Carlsbad maintenance supervisor shall be notifled when the service
response has been completed.
Non-warranty Service Requests
In the event that Motorola should respond to a request for service from the City of
Carlsbad, and the failure is found to be a problem outside of Motorola’s scope of
responsibility, Motorola and the City of Carlsbad will review the City of Carlsbad’s .
service request procedure. After three (3) such occurrences over the one year warranty
period, Motorola will invoice the City of Carlsbad on a time and material basis for labor
and lransporlation costs incurred in responding to the non-warranty service request.
12.0 Utilization of City of Carlsbad Owned Spare Parts
The City of Carlsbad shall keep a complete stock and make available all spare boards, modules,
and equipment provided under this agreement for the ptqose of restoring inf&tructure equipment
operation. Motorola will utilize City of Carlsbad owned spare parts to effect necessary equipment
restorations. Upon repair and re-installation of the failed parts, Motorola will return any spare
parts utilized by Motorola to the City of Carlsbad’s spare part inventory. Motorola will supply
any required parts that the City of Carlsbad does not have in stock until failed parts are repaired
and available for reinstallatiot~
6/4/96 Motorola Confidential and Proprietary 5
City of Carlsbad Dispatch Center and Microwave System
Warranty
13.0 Limitations to Warranty and Warranty Services
Warranty service support does not cover failures resulting from the following occurrences:
l Equipment outages or damage that is caused by Ike, flooding, lightning, commercial
power surges, vandalism, physical abuse, acts of God, and any other external
influences.
l Unauthorized attempts by the City of Carlsbad’s employees, or third parties to repair,
maintain or modify the system.
. Causes external to the system, including electrical power failure or anomalies,
inadequate temperature or humidity control, or insufficient site grounding.
l Replacement, installation, maintenance or repairs of items which are consumed in the
course of normal operation of the system, such as magnetic tapes, computer supplies,
and printer paper.
l Use of equipment or software in other than is normal and customary manner.
-. .‘I& express warranties set forth in this Agreement, including the express warranty of
merchantability and fitness for and particular use set forth in Section 29 “‘Functional
Requirements”, are given in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, which are specifically
excluded. Furthermore, because each radio communications system is unique, Motorola disclaims
liability for range, coverage, subscriber capacity, service level or operation of the radio system as a
whole, except as specifically set forth in the warranties contained in this Agreement.
14.0 City of Carlsbad Responsibilities
City of Carlsbad responsibilities include:
. The City of Carlsbad shall have a designated staff employee who is responsible to act
on behalf of the City of Carlsbad with regard to Motorola’s service response.
l The City of Carlsbad shall provide appropriate Motorola personnel full and free
access to the system and its subsystem peripherals, and waiver of liability or other
restrictions shall not be imposed as a site requirement.
l The City of Carlsbad shah furnish electrical service to all City of Carlsbad utilized
service locations, and shall permit Motorola reasonable use of necessary
communication facilities, features, and other equipment.
l The City of Carlsbad shall provide Motorola full and free access to any specialized or
system specific test equipment used for the proper maintenance of the system.
l The City of Carlsbad shall provide transportation to locations requiring specialized
vehicles other than standard 2 or Cwheel drive vehicles.
l The City of Carlsbad shall provide access to a telephone circuit at all site locations.
l The City of Carlsbad is responsible for maintaining the SmartZone Manager data base
information, including but not limited to all subscriber templates, and archive files.
6/4/96 Motorola Contidential and Proprietary 6
Dlspatoh Center and Microwave System
Equip-- Pwchaso Summary:
Financing the the below mentioned
equipment and services for 15 years
Carl&ad Dispatch Center
Microwave System
’ DlrectServlces
Indirect Services
other casts
- System Grand Total 765,32 1.53
-.
Esthnated annual 15 year payment
6/10/%
Rate ls based on taken 95% of fifteen year
U.S Treasury Bill rate as stated In sample
lease agreement.
Motorola Confklentlal and Pfopcietary
76.656.90
MOTOROLA CUSTOMER~~AIANCING
q crea &n q sofuhns // J J
May 30, 1996
Chief Dennis Van Der Maaten
Chairman RCS Board
City of Carlsbad
2560 Orion Way
Carlsbad, CA 92008 , ,
Re: Sample Equipment Lease Purchase Aweement
- --Dear Chief Van Der Maaten:
As a follow up to a recent meeting with Dave Kliefoth, I am enclosing a sample set of
lease documents which tailor to the lease purchase program discussed at the meeting.
Upon review of the documents, please feel free to contact me at (847) 725-4385 or Dave
Kliefoth at (847) 538-4983.
Regards,
Financing Manager
0 AA MOTOROLA l 1000 Mitte) Drive l Wood Dole, Illinois 60191 l ll800) 247-2346
EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Lease Number:
LESSEE:
Reference Exhibit A
LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
1301 East Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, Illinois, 60196
Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee and Lessee agrees to‘iease from Lessor, the Equipnent described in . . any Schedule A now or hereafter attached hereto (“Equipment”) in accordance with the following terms
and conditions of this Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement (“Lease”).
1. TERM. This Lease will become effective upon the execution hereof by Lessor. The Term
of this Lease will commence on date specified in each Schedule A and unless terminated according to
terms hereof or the purchase option, provided in Section 18, is exercised this Lease will continue until the
Expiration Date set forth in each Schedule B attached hereto (“Lease Term”).
2. FACILITY (i) Lesior will provide a credit facility to the Lessee in an amount of Eleven Million
Dollars ($11,000,000.00)‘(“Credit Facility”). The amount of the Credit Facility can be increased by ten
percent (10%).
-- amounts:
(ii) The Credit Facility will be allocated to each Lessee in the foIlwing dollar
Lessee Dollar Amount
City of Carlsbad
City of Del Mar
City of Encinitas
$3,635,478
$239,234
$504,000
Total: $11 ,ooo,ooo
Each Lessee will have access to the Credit Facility solely for the acquisition of the equipment or services
provided by Motorola, Inc. or its contractors. The minimum draw down is fifty thousand dollars
($50,000.00). Upon an Event of Default as described in Section 20 of this Lease, Lessor will have the
right to terminate any unused portion of the Credit Facility.
(iii) Lessee will provide to Lessor upon each draw down against the Credit Facility
the following documentation:
(a) Schedule A
(W Schedule B
I:‘,
Attorney Opinion
Evidence of Insurance
(e) Certificate of Incumbency (9 I.R.S. form 8038G or 8038GC
(9) Resolutions
03 UCC-1 Financing Statement
3. EXPIRATION The total amount of the Credit Facility must be used no later than two
years from the date this Lease is executed unless renewed by mutual agreement and amended hereto.
4. LEASE TERM The Lease Term for each Schedule A will be no greater than fifteen (15)
years.
5 PRICING The interest rate for each Schedule A to the Lease will be established by taking
ninety five percent (95%) of the fifteen year U.S. Treasury Bill as stated in the Wall Street Journal. The
interest rate will be determined upon execution of a Schedule A.
1 DRAFT ONLY 5130196
6. RENT. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor or its assignee the Lease Payments (herein so
called), including the interest portion, in the amounts specified in Schedule B. The Lease Payments will
be payable without notice or demand at the office of the Lessor (or such other place as Lessor or its
assignee may from time to time designate in writing), and will commence on the first Lease Payment Date
as set forth in Schedule B and thereafter on each of the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B.
Any payments received later than ten (10) days from the due date will bear interest at the highest laewful
rate from the due date. Except as specifically provided in Section 9 hereof, the Lease Payments will be
absolute and unconditional in all events and will not be subject to any set-off, defense, counterclaim, or
recoupment for any reason whatsoever. Lessee reasonably believes that funds can be obtained sufficient
to make all Lease Payments during the Lease Term and hereby covenants that it will do all things lawfully
. . within its power to obtain, maintain and properly request and pursue funds from which the Lease
Payments may be made, including making provisions for such payments to the extent necessary in each
budget submitted for the purpose of obtaining funding, using its bona fide best efforts to have such portion
of the budget approved and exhausting all available administrative reviews and appeals in the event such
portion of the budget is not approved. It is Lessee’s intent to make Lease Payments for the full Lease
Term if funds are legally available therefor and in that regard Lessee represents that the Equipment will be
used for one or more authorized governmental or proprietary functions essential to its proper, efficient and
economic operation. I
7. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE. Lessor will cause the Equipment to be delivered to
Lessee at the location specified in Schedule A (“Equipment Location”). Lessee will accept the Equipment
as soon as it has been delivered.
L 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Lessor acknowledges that the Equipment leased
hereunder is being manufactured and installed by Lessor pursuant to the contract (the “Contract”)
covering the Equipment. Lessee acknowledges that on or prior to the date of acceptance of the
Equipment, Lessor intends to sell and assign Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and
the Equipment to an assignee (“Assignee”). LESSEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT, LESSOR MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE OR KIND WHATSOEVER, AND AS BETWEEN LESSEE AND THE
ASSIGNEE, THE PROPERTY SHALL BE ACCEPTED BY LESSEE “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS”.
LESSEE AGREES TO SETTLE ALL CLAIMS DIRECTLY WITH LESSOR AND WILL NOT ASSERT OR
SEEK TO ENFORCE ANY SUCH CLAIMS AGAINST THE ASSIGNEE. NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE
ASSIGNEE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER AS A RESULT OF THE LEASE OF THE
EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, PROPERTY DAMAGE OR
LOST PRODUCTION WHETHER SUFFERED BY LESSEE OR ANY THIRD PARTY.
Lessor is not responsible for, and shall not be liable to Lessee for damages relating to loss of
value of the Equipment for any cause or situation (including, without limitation, governmental actions or
regulations or actions of other third parties).
9. NON-APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the
contrary, in the event the funds appropriated by Lessee’s governing body or otherwise available by any
means whatsoever in any fiscal period of Lessee for Lease Payments or other amounts due under this
Lease are insufficient therefor, this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which
appropriations were received without penalty or expense to Lessee of any kind whatsoever, except as to
the portions of Lease Payments or other amounts herein agreed upon for which funds shall have been
appropriated and budgeted or are otherwise available. The Lessee will immediately notify the Lessor or its
Assignee of such occurrence. In the event of such termination, Lessee agrees to peaceably surrender
possession of the Equipment to Lessor or its Assignee on the date of such termination, packed for
shipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and freight prepaid and insured to any location in
the continental United States designated by Lessor. Lessor will have all legal and equitable rights and
remedies to take possession of the Equipment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee agrees (i) that it
will not cancel this Lease under the provisions of this Section if any funds are appropriated to it, or by it, for
the acquisition, retention or operation of the Equipment or other equipment performing functions similar to
the Equipment for the fiscal period in which such termination occurs or the next succeeding fiscal period
thereafter, and (ii) that it will not during the Lease Term give priority in the application of funds to any other
functionally similar equipment or services. This Section will not be construed so as to permit Lessee to
terminate this Lease in order to acquire any other equipment or to allocate funds directly or indirectly to
perform essentially the same application for which the Equipment is intended.
2 DRAFT ONLY 5/30/96
-
10. LESSEE CERTIFICATION. Lessee represents, covenants and warrants that: (i) Lessee is a
state or a duly constituted political subdivision or agency of the state of the Equipment Location; (ii) the
interest portion of the Lease Payments shall be excluded from Lessor’s gross income pursuant to Section
103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time ( the “Code”); (iii) the
execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Lease have been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of the Lessee; (iv) this Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms; (v) Lessee will comply with the information
reporting requirements of Section 149(e) of the Code, and such compliance shall include but not be
limited to the execution of information statements requested by Lessor; (vi) Lessee will not do or cause to
be done any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, the Lease to be an arbitrage bond within
the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Code; (vii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will
cause, or by omission of any act allow, this Lease to be a private activity bond within the meaning of
Section 141 (a) of the Code; (viii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will cause, or by
omission of any act allow, the interest portion of the Lease Payments to be or become includible in gross
income for Federal income taxation purposes under the Code; and (ix) Lessee will be the only entity to
own, use and operate the Equipment during the Lease Term.
Lessee represents, co;enants and warrants that (i) it will do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep the Lease in full force and effect, (ii) it has complied with all public bidding
and Bond Commission requirements (as defined in the Code) where necessary and by due notification
presented this Lease for approval and adoption as a valid obligation on its part, and (iii) it has sufficient
appropriations or other funds available to pay all amounts due hereunder for the current fical period.
11. TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; SECURITY INTEREST. Upon acceptance of the Equipment by
Lessee hereunder, title to the Equipment will vest in Lessee; provided, however, that (i) in the event of
termination of this Lease by Lessee pursuant to Section 9 hereof; (ii) upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default hereunder, and as long as such Event of Default is continuing; or (iii) in the event that the
purchase option has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, title will immediately vest in Lessor or
its Assignee. In order to secure all of its obligations hereunder, Lessee hereby (i) grants to Lessor a first
and prior security interest in any and all right, title and interest of Lessee in the Equipment and in all
additions, attachments, accessions, and substitutions thereto, and on any proceeds therefrom; (ii) agrees
that this Lease may be filed as a financing statement evidencing such security interest; and (iii) agrees to
execute and deliver all financing statements, certificates of title and other instruments necessary or
appropriate to evidence such security interest.
12. USE; REPAIRS. Lessee will use the Equipment in a careful manner for the use
contemplated by the manufacturer of the Equipment and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, insurance
policies and regulations relating to, and will pay all costs, claims, damages, fees and charges arising out
of the possession, use or maintenance of the Equipment. Lessee, at its expense will keep the Equipment
in good repair and furnish all parts, mechanisms and devices required therefor.
13. ALTERATIONS. Lessee will not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the
Equipment without Lessor’s prior written consent unless such alterations, additions or improvements may
be readily removed without damage to the Equipment.
14. LOCATION; INSPECTION. The Equipment will not be removed from, [or if the Equipment
consists of rolling stock, its permanent base will not be changed from] the Equipment Location without
Lessors prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld. Lessor will be entitled to enter
upon the Equipment Location or elsewhere during reasonable business hours to inspect the Equipment or
observe its use and operation.
15. LIENS AND TAXES. Lessee shall keep the Equipment free and clear of all levies,
liens and encumbrances except those created under this Lease. Lessee shall pay, when due, all charges
and taxes (local, state and federal) which may now or hereafter be imposed upon the ownership, leasing,
rental, sale, purchase, possession or use of the Equipment, excluding however, all taxes on or measured
by Lessors income. If Lessee fails to pay said charges and taxes when due, Lessor shall have the right,
but shall not be obligated, to pay said charges and taxes. If Lessor pays any charges or taxes, Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor therefor within ten days of written demand.
3 DRAFT ONLY 5130196
16. RISK OF LOSS: DAMAGE; DESTRUCTION. . Lessee assumes all risk of loss or
damage to the Equipment from any cause whatsoever, and no such loss of or damage to the Equipment nor defect therein nor unfitness or obsolescence thereof shall relieve Lessee of the obligation to make
Lease Payments or to perform any other obligation under this Lease. In the event of damage to any item
of Equipment, Lessee will immediately place the same in good. repair with the proceeds of any insurance
recovery applied to the cost of such repair. If Lessor determines that any item of Equipment is lost, stolen,
destroyed or damaged beyond repair, Lessee at the option of Lessor will: either (a) replace the same with like equipment in good repair; or (b) on the next Lease Payment date, pay Lessor the sum of : (i) all
amounts then owed by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease, including the Lease payment due on such date; and (ii) an amount equal to all remaining Lease Payments to be paid during the Lease Term as set
. _ forth in Schedule B.
In the event that Lessee is obligated to make such payment with respect to less than all of the Equipment, Lessor will provide Lessee with the pro rata amount of the Lease Payment and the Concluding
Payment (as set forth in Schedule B) to be made by Lessee with respect to that part of the Equipment
which has suffered the Event of Loss.
-
17. INSURANCE. Lessee will, at its expense, maintain at all times during the Lease Term,
fire and extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the Equipment
in such amounts, covering such risks, and with such insurers as shall be satisfactory to Lessor, or, with
Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee may self-insure against any or all such risks. All insurance covering
loss of or damage to the Equipment shall be carried in an amount no less than the amount of the then
applicable Concluding Payment with respect to such Equipment. The initial amount of insurance required
is set forth in Schedule B. Each insurance policy will name Lessee as an insured and Lessor or its
assigns as an additional insured, and will contain a clause requiring the insurer to give Lessor at least
thirty (30) days prior written notice of any alteration in the terms of such policy or the cancellation thereof.
The proceeds of any such policies will be payable to Lessee and Lessor or its assigns as their interests may appear. Upon acceptance of the Equipment and upon each insurance renewal date, Lessee will
deliver to Lessor a certificate evidencing such insurance. In the event that Lessee has been permitted to
self-insure, Lessee will furnish Lessor with a letter or certificate to such effect. In the event of any loss,
damage, injury or accident involving the Equipment, Lessee will promptly provide Lessor with written
notice thereof and make available to Lessor all information and documentation relating thereto.
18. INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify Lessor
against, and hold Lessor harmless from, any and all claims, actions, proceedings, expenses, damages or
liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and court costs, arising in connection with the Equipment, including, but
not limited to, its selection, purchase, delivery, possession, use, operation, rejection, or return and the
recovery of claims under insurance policies thereon.
‘transfer,
19. ASSIGNMENT. Without Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee will not either (i) assign,
pledge, hypothecate, grant any security interest in or otherwise dispose of this Lease or the
Equipment or any interest in this Lease or the Equipment or; (ii) sublet or lend the Equipment or permit it to be used by anyone other than Lessee or Lessee’s employees. Lessor may assign its rights, title and
interest in and to this Lease, the Equipment and any documents executed with respect to this Lease
and/or grant or assign a security interest in this Lease and the Equipment, in whole or in part. Any such
assignees shall have all of the rights of Lessor under this Lease. Subject to the foregoing, this Lease
inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns
of the parties hereto.
Lessee covenants and agrees not to assert against the Assignee any claims or defenses by way
of abatement, setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or the like which Lessee may have against Lessor. No assignment or reassignment of any Lessors right, title or interest in this Lease or the Equipment shall be
effective unless and until Lessee shall have received a notice of assignment, disclosing the name and address of each such assignee; provided, however, that if such assignment is made to a bank or trust
company as paying or escrow agent for holders of certificates of participation in the Lease, it shall
thereafter be sufficient that a copy of the agency agreement shall have been deposited with Lessee until Lessee shall have been advised that such agency agreement is no longer in effect. During the Lease
Term Lessee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all such assignments in form necessary to
comply with Section 149(a) of the Code, and the regulations, proposed or existing, from time to time
promulgated thereunder. No further action will be required by Lessor or by Lessee to evidence the assignment, but Lessee will acknowledge such assignments in writing if so requested.
DRAFT ONLY 5130/96
After notice of such an assignment, Lessee shall name the Assignee as additional insured and
loss payee in any insurance policies obtained or in force. Any Assignee of Lessor may reassign this
Lease and its interest in the Equipment and the Lease Payments to any other person who, thereupon, shall be deemed to be Lessor’s Assignee hereunder.
20. EVENT OF DEFAULT. The term “Event of Default”, as used herein, means the
occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (i) Lessee fails to make any Lease Payment (or any other payment) as it becomes due in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and any such failure
continues for ten (10) days after the due date thereof; (ii) Lessee fails to perform or observe any other
. , covenant! condition, or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder and such failure is not cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof by Lessor; (iii) the discovery by Lessor that any
statement, representation, or warranty made by Lessee in this Lease or in writing ever delivered by Lessee pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect; (iv) proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar legislation shall be
instituted against or by Lessee, or a receiver or similar officer shall be appointed for Lessee or any of its property, and such proceedings or appointments shall not be vacated, or fully stayed, within twenty (20)
days after the institution or occprrence thereof; or (v) an attachment, levy or execution is threatened or levied upon or against the Equipment.
21. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and as long as such Event
of Default is continuing, Lessor may, at its opinion, exercise any one or more of the following remedies: (i)
by written notice to Lessee, declare all amounts then due under the Lease, and all remainihg Lease
Payments due during the Fiscal Year in effect when the default occurs to be immediately due and payable,
whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; (ii) by written notice to Lessee, request
Lessee to (and Lessee agrees that it will), at Lessee’s expense, promptly return the Equipment to Lessor
in the manner set forth in Section 9 hereof, or Lessor, at its option, may enter upon the premises where the Equipment is located and take immediate possession of and remove the same; (iii) sell or lease the
Equipment or sublease it for the account of Lessee, holding Lessee liable for all Lease Payments and
other amounts due prior to the effective date of such selling, leasing or subleasing and for the difference
between the purchase price, rental and other amounts paid by the purchaser, Lessee or sublessee
pursuant to such sale, lease or sublease and the amounts payable by Lessee hereunder; and (iv) exercise
any other right, remedy or privilege which may be available to it under applicable laws of the state of the Equipment Location or any other applicable law or proceed by appropriate court action to enforce the
terms of the Lease or to recover damages for the breach of this Lease or to rescind this Lease as to any or all of the Equipment. In addition, Lessee will remain liable for all covenants and indemnities under this
Lease and for all legal fees and other costs and expenses, including court costs, incurred by Lessor with
respect to the enforcement of any of the remedies listed above or any other remedy available to Lessor.
22. PURCHASE OPTION. Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Lessee to
Lessor, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or no event, which with
notice or lapse of time, or both could become an Event of Default, then exists, Lessee will have the right to
purchase the Equipment on the Lease Payment dates set forth in Schedule B by paying to Lessor, on
such date, the Lease Payment then due together with the Concluding Payment amount set forth opposite such date. Upon satisfaction by Lessee of such purchase conditions, Lessor will transfer any and all of its
right, title and interest in the Equipment to Lessee as is, without warranty, express or implied, except that the Equipment is free and clear of any liens created by Lessor.
23. NOTICES; -. All notices to be given under this Lease shall be made in writing and mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the other party at its address set forth herein or at such address
as the party may provide in writing from time to time. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been
received five days subsequent to such mailing.
24. SECTION HEADINGS. All section headings contained herein are for the convenience
of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Lease.
25. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by the laws of, the state of the Equipment Location.
5 DRAFT ONLY 330196
26. DELIVERY OF RELATED DOCUMENTS. Lessee will execute or provide, as requested by
Lessor, such other documents and information as are reasonably necessary with respect to the
transaction contemplated by this Lease.
27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; WAIVER. This Lease,. together with the Delivery and Acceptance
Certificate and other attachments hereto, and other documents or instruments executed by Lessee and Lessor in connection herewith, constitutes the entire agreement between’the parties with respect to the
Lease of the Equipment, and this Lease shall not be modified, amended, altered, or changed except with the written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Any provision of the Lease found to be prohibited by law shall
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of the Lease.
The waiver by Lessor of any breach by Lessee of any term, covenant or condition hereof shall not
operate as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.
28. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, th$ parties have executed this Agreement as of the of day
,19-.
_- LESSEE: _ LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
__ By: By:
Title: Title:
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
LESSEE:
Title:
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
.
6 DRAFT ONLY 5/30/96
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
LESSEE:
. . By:
Title:
LESSEE:
Title:
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
LESSEE:
By:
Title:
LESSEE:
Title:
LESSEE: ’
Title:
LESSEE:
-
Title:
DRAFT ONLY 5128196
OPINION OF COUNSEL
. . With respect to that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated and
Schedule A to the Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement number dated by and
between Motorola, Inc. and the Lessee, I am of the opinion that: (i) the Lessee is, within the meaning of
Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a state or a fully constituted political subdivision or agency of the State of the Equipment Location described in Schedule A hereto; (ii) the execution, delivery
and performance by the Lessee of the Lease have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the
part of the Lessee, (iii) the Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee
enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (iv) Lessee has sufficient monies available to make all
payments required to be paid under the Lease during the current fiscal year of the Lease, and such
monies have been properly budgeted and appropriated for this purpose in accordance with State law.
- Attorney for
9 DRAFT ONLY 5/28/96
EXHIBIT A .
LESSEE:
ADDRESS
. . LESSEE:
ADDRESS
LESSEE: .
ADDRESS
_..
LESSEE: -.
ADDRESS
LESSEE:
ADDRESS
LESSEE:
ADDRESS
LESSEE:
ADDRESS
LESSEE: .-.
ADDRESS
LESSEE:
ADDRESS
8 DRAFT ONLY 5128196
SCHEDULE A
EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Lease Number:
This Equipment Schedule dated as of is being executed by MOTOROLA,
INC. (“Lessor”) and (“Lessee”), as a supplement to, and is hereby
attached to and made a part of that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of
(“Lease”), between Lessor and Lessee.
*
_-
Lessor hereby leases to Lessee under and pursuant to the Lease, and Lessee hereby accepts and
leases from Lessor under and pursuant to the Lease, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth
in the Lease and upon the terms set forth below, the following items of Equipment _ _~
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION (Manufacturer, Model, and Serial Nos.)
Refer to attached equipment list.
Equipment Location:
Initial Term: Months Commencement Date: ,1996
Lease Payments of $ as outlined in the attached Schedule B, plus Sales/Use
Tax of $0.00, payable on the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B.
EXECUTED as of the date first herein set forth.
LESSEE: LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
By: By:
Schedule B
Lease Number:
INITIAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENT: $
Except as specifically provided in Section Nine of the Lease hereof, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor or its
assignee the Lease Payments, including the interest portion, in the amounts and dates specified in the
above payment schedule.
LESSEE: LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
By: By:
Title: Title:
Date: Date:
EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE
Fire, extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance for all of the Equipment listed on Schedule A
number datt to that certain Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number dated
will be maintained by as stated in the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement.
This insurancl shall name MOTOROLA, MC. or its assignee as additional insured and loss payee for the term of the
Schedule A number dated -
This insurance is provided by:
Name of insurance provider .
Address of insurance provider
-. City. State and Zip Code
Phone number of insurance provider
In accordance with the Equipment Lease Purchase Ageement Number , hereby certifies that
following coverage are or will be in full force and effect: (Lessee Name)
Type Amount Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Policy
Number
Fire and Extended Coverage
Property Damage
Public Liability
Lessee: Insurance Provider:
By: By:
Its:
Date:
Its:
Date:
CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY
1, do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or . .
(Secretary/Clerk of 1
appointed and acting Secretary or Clerk of an entity duly
organized and existing under the laws of California that I have custody of the records of such
I
entity, and that, as of the date hereof, the individuals named below are the duly elected or
-.
appointed officers of such entity holding offices set forth opposite of their respect&e names. I
further certify that (i) the signatures set opposite their respective names and titles are their true
and authentic signatures and (ii) such officers have the authority on behalf of such entity to enter
into that certain Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number dated ,ad
Schedule A number
and Motorola, Inc.
dated , between
Name Title Signature
(Person executing Lease)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate and affixed the seal of
hereto this day of > 1996.
By:
(Signature of Secretary/Clerk)
SEAL
FO,,,, 8038-G Information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Obligations ‘,
(Rev. May 1993) b Under Internal Revenue Code se&on 149(e) OM8 Na 1545-0720
ä See sefmrate Instructione. DeorrmnnottMrreuwy lrnemal Rcrsnu. scrvlcc (Use Form 8038-GC if the issue price is under S100.000.)
Reporting Authority If Amended Return. check here W c
1 Issuer’s name
I
2 kwef’s employer tdenokation numoef
3 Number ana street (or P.O. box If marl is not delivered to street adaressl
I
Room/suite
I
4 Reponnumoer
G19 -
5 city. town. state. aria ZIP code 6 Date of issue
7 Name of Issue 8 CUSIP Number . .
9 q Education (attach schedule-see instructions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 0 Health and hospital (attach schedulesee instructions). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 q Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 q Public safety. . . . e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 0 Environment (including sewage bonds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14 a Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 Entire issu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22 Issue price
23 Proceeds us or bond Issuance costs (including undenvriters’ discount) .
24 Proceeds used for credit enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 PrOCeedS allocated to reasonabty required reserve or replacement fund . ,
26 Proceeds used to refund prior issues . . . . . . . . . . . .
29 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the bonds to be refunded . . . . . . b
30 Enter the last date on which the refunded bonds will be called . . . . . . . . . . . b
31 Enter the datefs) the refunded bonds were issued b
years
52 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue . . . . . . . . . . b
33 Enter the amount of the bonds designated by the issuer under section 265@)(3)(B)(i)(lll) (small issuer
exception) . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b
34 Pooled financings: --.
a Eflter the amOUnt of the proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units b
b If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue. check box F 0 and enter the name Of the issuer W and the date of the issue F 35 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of rebate. check box . . . . . . b 0
UnOer PenaIt~es of ~equry. 1 declare tnat I have examtnacl tnb mtum and accomoanylng schadul~ and statements. am to me bes a( y -wewe and beld. they are true. correct. and complete.
Please 1
Sign
Here Signature oi offtcw Data
For Papetwork Reduction Act Notice, see page 1 of the Instructions.
Typo or onm nana ana trtl0
cat NO. 63773s m 8038-G (Rev. s-93
. -..
Form 8038-m Consolidated InformatIon Return for Small Tax-Exempt
Governmental Bond Issues. Leases and lnstaflment Sales (Rev. October 1989) OM8 No. lY5WZO
b Under Ssctlon 149(s) b for calendar year .nding 19 __.... hw.8 05/31/92 OcwrImmc 01 th8 TI~~SUI~ IntctnJl Rrrtnuc Scrwce (Use Form 80384 If the isrus’price of th.e is~uc is J100.000 or more.)
Reporting Authority Check box 11 Amended Return ) u
1 1rrucr I lume
I
2 Issuer s rmDlo)lr 0mIl1uworl numwr
-4 clly w 1om. 11a10. l m ZIP cm0
Description of Obllgatfons
I Total issue price of ail small tax-exempt governmental obligations issued during the calendar year. . .
6 Check the box that most nearly apprpximates the weighted average maturity of the obligations:
8 a Less than 5 years
b u From 5 to 10 years
c n More than 10 yran
7 Check the box that most nearly approxrmates the weIghted average interest rate on the obligations:
a a Less than 5%
b 0 From 5% to 10%
c q Morethan 10%
8 To!ai iSSUe price of the obligations reported on ime 5 that are:
a Obligations issued in the form of a tease or installment sate . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .8a 1
b Obligations designated by the Issuer under !ec!ion 265(b)(3)(8)(/)(lll) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8b , ’
c Obligations issued to refund prior issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
d Loans made from the oroceeds of another tax.exemot obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8d 1 I
unorr OM~l1IC8 of DI,,W”. I ar+3*rr maa I have c,mn,ncQ ,n,r rc,“,” .ne rccomoan~tng xnceuIcs uw 8IrIrmml8. me IO me till ol q km-km OnQ m*‘.
Please Iney 8lr 1rue. corr*c1. rm COmD‘el..
Sign
Htre sgnrlure of offlcrr Dalr l~poor wm ruma am IlIla
Genebral Instructions
(Section reclerences are to the Internal Revenue Code unless othenwse noted.)
Paperwork Reduction Act Notice
We ask for this information to carry out the Internal Revenue laws of the United States. ’
We need It to ensure that you are complying with these laws. You are required to gwe us this informatlon.
The time needed to complete and file this form vanes depending on individual
circumstances. The estimated average time
is:
Recordkeeping . . . . 3 hrs., 21 mm.
Learning about the Irworthcform . . . . .1 hr..34mm.
Preparing the form. . 2 hrs.. 37 mm.
Copying, assembling. and sendingtheformtolRS . . .16mm.
If you have comments concerning the
accuracy of this ttme estimate or suggestions for making this form more nmple, we would be happy to hear from you. You can write to etther the internal Revenue Service, Washington. DC 20224.
Attention: IRS Reoons Clearance Officer, T:FP: or the Offlce of Management and
Budget. Paperwork Reduction Prolect (1545.0720), Washington. DC 20503.
Item You Should Note
A governmental unit is required to file this form for all small tax.txempt governmental obligattons on which It oays Interest. These obligations mclude bonds. leases and
instaiiment sales.
Purpose of Form
Form 8038.GC is to be used by Issuers of tax-exempt governmental obhgatlons to provldc IRS with the lnformatlon reoutred by
sectlon 149(e) and to monitor the requtrcments of sectlons 14 1 through 150.
Who Must File
Each issuer must file Form 8038vGC for ail tax-exempt governmental bonds. leases and inrtaiiment sales Issued during the calender year. with an issue pnce of less than $100.000. Form 8038-G is filed to report each issue of governmental obiigattons with issue prices of 4 100.000 or more.
When To File
File Form 8038GC on or before February 15th after the close of the calendar year in which the issue is issued. Fofm 80384X
must be completed based on the facts as of the close of the calendar year.
Late filing.-A Form 80384C filed e?er
the due date may be granted an extension of time to ftle under section 3 Of Rev. Proc. 88.10. 1988.1 C.B. 635. if it isdetermtned that the failure to file in a tlmely manner IS not due to WIII~UI neglect. A late Form
rem 8038-GC t~rr 10~9~
MOTOROLA END-USER SOWWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Software License Agreement is between Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”), having an office at
1301 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, and the City of Carlsbad, California
(“Licensee”) located at 2560 Orion Way, Carlsbad, CA 92008.
7. Scope. Licensee may acquire from Motorola’s Land Mobile Products Sector (‘LMPS”) radio
communication products (“Products”) that contain embedded or pre-loaded Motorola software
such as in a ROM, PROM, or EPROM, or other Motorola software provided on media such as a
floppy disk, tape, diskette, or CD-ROM. All such software (including Radio Service Software
and FLASHport@ Software) is referred to as “Motorola Software.” This Agreement contains the
terms under which Licensee may use Motorola Software acquired from LMPS.
2. Grant of License. Motorola hereby grants to Licensee a personal, non-exclusive license
under Motorola’s applicable proprietary rights to use Motorola Software in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.
- 3. Limitations on Use. Licensee may use Motorola Software only for Licensee’s internal
-business purposes and only as described in the Motorola Software or Product documentation.
Any other use of Motorola Software is strictly prohibited and will be deemed a breach of this
Agreement. Licensee may not copy, modify, adapt, merge with other software, reverse
engineer, or disassemble any Motorola Software for any reason, except that Licensee may make
at most two copies of Motorola Software provided with infrastructure equipment for back-up
purposes. Licensee must purchase a copy of Radio Service Software for each site at which
Licensee uses Radio Service Software; Licensee may make one additional copy for each computer
owned or controlled by Licensee at each such site. Licensee may temporarily use Radio Service
Software on portable or lap-top computers at other sites. Prior to acquiring any Radio Service
Software or upon Motorola’s request, Licensee must provide a written list of all sites where
Licensee uses or intends to use Radio Service Software. Licensee must reproduce all Motorola
copyright and trademark notices on all copies of Motorola Software.
4. Transfers. If Licensee transfers ownership of Products to a third party, Licensee may assign
its rights to use Motorola Software (other than Radio Service Software and FLASHport@
Software) embedded in or furnished for use with those Products provided that (a) Licensee
transfers all copies of such Motorola Software to the new owner and (b) Motorola receives a
transfer form (which Motorola will provide upon request) completed and signed by the new
owner. Othennrise, Licensee may not transfer or make available any Motorola Software to any
third party.
5. Ownership and Title. Title to all copies of Motorola Software in any form, including all
rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual properties, remains vested
exclusively in Motorola.
6. Confidentiality. Licensee acknowledges that all Motorola Software contains valuable
proprietary information and trade secrets and that unauthorized dissemination, distribution,
modification, reverse engineering, disassembly, or other improper use of Motorola Software
will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate.
Accordingly, Licensee will limit access to Motorola Software to those of its employees and agents
who need to use Motorola Software for Licensee’s internal business purposes, and Licensee will
take appropriate action with those employees and agents to preserve the confidentiality of
Motorola Software.
MotoroWCarlsbad -l- June 6, 1996
7. Maintenance and Support. No maintenance or support is provided under this Agreement.
Maintenance or support, if available, will be provided under a Motorola Software Maintenance
and Support Agreement.
8. Limited Warranty. Please refer to Schedule 1, attached hereto and incorporated herein by
this reference, for a description of the Motorola-provided warranties.
The warranty extends only to the first Licensee; subsequent transferees must accept the
Motorola Software “As Is” and with no warranties of any kind.
9. Limitation of Liability. In no event will Motorola be liable for incidental or consequential
damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
70. Term and Tennination. Licensee’s right to use Motorola Software will begin when Licensee
sends a duly executed copy of this Agreement to Motorola, and either (a) Motorola returns a
fully executed Agreement to Licensee or (b) Motorola ships Motorola Software or a Product
containing Motorola Software to Licensee, and will continue in perpetuity unless terminated as
follows. Licensee’s right to use Motorola Software will terminate without notice upon a breach
of this Agreement by Licensee. In addition, if Motorola reasonably believes that Licensee intends
-to breach this Agreement with respect to Radio Service Software or FLASHport@ Software,
Motorola may, by notice to Licensee, terminate Licensee’s right to use such Motorola Software.
Upon termination, Motorola will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief without proving
damages and, unless Licensee is a sovereign government entity, Motorola will have the right to
repossess all Radio Service Software and FLASHport@ Software in Licensee’s possession.
Within thirty days after termination of Licensee’s right to use any Motorola Software, Licensee
must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of such Motorola Software have been returned
to Motorola or destroyed.
II. Notices. All notices, consents, and waivers permitted or required under this Agreement
will be deemed given upon receipt and must be delivered in writing to the addresses at the top of
this Agreement and, if to Motorola, to the LMPS Technical Assets Manager, Room 2305. Change
of address must be in writing to the other party.
12. General
Copyright Notices. The existence of a copyright notice on Motorola Software will not be
construed as an admission or presumption that public disclosure of Motorola Software or any
trade secrets associated with Motorola Software has occurred.
Non-Motorola Software. Motorola may provide non-Motorola software to Licensee under the
terms of separate license agreements with the owners of such software. Licensee will abide by
the terms of these licenses.
Causes of Action. Licensee must bring any action under this Agreement within one year after the
cause of action arises except that warranty claims must be brought within the 120-day
warranty period.
Waivers. No waiver of a right or remedy of a party will constitute a waiver of another right or
remedy of that party.
Assignments. Motorola may assign any of its rights or subcontract any of its obligations under
this Agreement, or encumber or sell any of its rights in any Motorola Software, without prior
notice to or consent of Licensee.
MotoroWCarlsbad -2- June 6, 1999
Entire Agreement and Amendment. This Agreement contains the parties’ entire agreement
regarding Licensee’s use of Motorola Software and may be amended only in a writing signed by
both parties, except that Motorola may modify this Agreement as necessary to comply with
applicable laws and regulations including FCC regulations.
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the United States of America to
the extent that they apply and otherwise by the laws of the State of Illinois.
MOTOROLA INC. CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
By:
(Signature)
By:
(Signature)
Name:
(Print - Block Letters)
Name:
(Print - Block Letters)
-Title:
(Print - Block Letters)
Title:
(Print - Sloclc Letters)
Date: Date:
MotoroWCarlsbad -3- June 6, 1996
/ . .
. .
San Diego COWI-- Imperial County
Regional Communications System
9335 Hazard Way, Suite 105, San Diego, California 92123
Phone (619)694-3663 Fax (619)694-3433
PAGE 1 OF 2
ENCUMBRANCE
Date: October 31, 19%
VENDOR NAME: MOTOROLA, INC.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Purchase of equipment for the 800 Mhz Dispatch Center and Microwave System for the City of
Carlsbad. See attached Schedule A of the Equipment Lease-Purchase Agrement Lease No.
20691 for the amount of $744,085.91 with the equipment list.
$ AMOUNT: TASK: $79,265.71 531
PROJECT COMPONENT:
User Equipment
ORG: 8651 ACTIVITY: K@ii?o15 P.O. # : N/A
ACCOUNT # CONTRACT #: WORK AUTHORIZATION#:
2315 Lease no. 20691 N/A
SIGNATURE
Contr~ting offi&%:s .:x Q&i&i&, iroject I!&ulagGK
Technic&l Repfeseptative Dept. of &formation Setiicek .l
Chi+ -Denrjis: Yii+:~~Maaben
RCS -ward of E)ire~t@s Ca.tl&ad F&i Dwnt
Partic~~iiug fqpcy
Authorised Repre~~@&ve
I y I/ ________________________________________-------------------- Board of Directors ________________________________________------------------
Ch~Lknn;s Van&&ten, CImUad Fim Deputmnet - Chief Roger Purdb, Win% Fire Depwtmmt - Chi~Robert V&s, Gm’sbad Pohiae Lkpmtment
Gnnmander Tom Zol? San De+ County shmjfk L&+mtmmt - Dan Eberb, executive Dktor, San Diego cZx&y cyjfia elf Lk?ader PmparedEss
Chief Dad’/&, Eat County Fire Protectkm Dsfrict - ChidEtin W&s, Ran& Santa Fe Fire Pmtection Distrid - Lany Jac&man, Hem&d Communications Fm$tg
AuthotityChief Hand Feuerstein, e] Cmtm Fin Depottment - C&f Ha&i Gzrter, Ei Centre P&J De+mtmmt - Captain E mie Mm&m, Imperial County Shw$s Dqmtmmt
Dave Cm&t, ofice of the chi~tiministratiw Q&m, Cbunty of Imprid- Dan Johmn, cakfoln~ Department of Tranaprtotion
.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF CARLSBAD
AND MOTOROLA FOR THE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
This Amendment is entered into and effective as of the day of 18th
November , 1997 amending the Agreement dated November 12, 1996 by and
between the City of Carlsbad, ‘a municipal corporation, hereafter referred to as “City,
and Motorola, Inc., hereafter referred to as “Contractor”, for the 800 MHz
Communications System.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the initial Agreement dated November 15, 1996 identified a
scope of work related to the purchase of equipment and installation thereof with regard
to the dispatch center and microwave system; and
WHEREAS, the parties to this aforementioned Agreement desire to alter
the scope of work as follows: to provide for the purchase of Phase II, Part 1, radio
equipment; and
WHEREAS, it is now both desirable and necessary to amend said
Agreement to provide for such equipment,
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these recitals and the mutual
covenants contained therein, City and Contractor hereby agree as follows:
1. “Section 1. Motorola’s Obligations” of said Agreement, isamended
by the addition of a new subparagraph E to read as follows:
“E. Motorola shall furnish and/or install the radio equipment of the
type specified at the site specified and for the amount specified in the equipment list
1
. .
attached to schedule A-l, dated November 18, 1997, attached to the companion
Lease- Purchase Agreement, as amended.”
2. “Section 5. Payment Schedule” of said Agreement, is amended
by amending subparagraph B thereof to read as follows:
“6. Purchaser shall commence making lease payments to
Motorola for equipment and related services upon invoice following delivery. The
parties anticipate such payments to be for three phases in the following approximate
amounts upon the following approximate dates:
PHASE DATE AMOUNT
I February 1, 1997 $ 764,085.90
II/Part 1 November 18, 1997 $1,091,628
I l/Part 2 October 1, 1998 $ 329,142
Ill February 1, 1999 $1,274,098”
3. All other provisions of the aforementioned Agreement not modified
by this Amendment No. 1 remain in full force and effect.
4. All requisite insurance policies to be maintained by the Contractor
shall include coverage for the amended scope of work.
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
CONTRACTOR
DATED: \\\Lb\ci>
2
&ALIFbRNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMiNT No. 5907
State of l!&bmcs,
County of Sham
Cn ~JcJIML-~L~ %I fG7 before me, w KS bbh,f &%v &b//c, , DATE kAME. TITLE OF OFFICER - E.G.. ‘JANE DOE. NOfARY PUSLIC
personally appeared - h 0 !&v
NAME(S) OF SIGNER(S)
3 -
. personally known to me - BR - s pJI#
to be the person(sfwhose name&s+*
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that@- executed
the same in @he+Ht&r authorized
capacity(ieej, and that by @?he+th&r
signature(e) on the instrument the person&+,
or the entity upon behalf of which the
personmcted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
OPTIONAL
Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent reattachment of this form.
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF AllACHED DOCUMENT
17 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER
0 PARTNER(S) q LiunEo 0 GENERAL 3
0 ATTORNEY-IN-F- NUMBER OF PAGES ’
0 TRUSTEE(S) -
DATE OF DOCUMENT
SIGNER IS REPRESENllNG:
NAME OP PERSON(S) OR ENllvwS)
SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
334
01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION l 8236 AenmmI Ava., P.O. Box 7184 l Canoga Park, CA 91309-7184
CALlFbRNlA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No. 5907
State of
County of
On dwt%&f 26, Iq77 before me, m K* R?6B&. hfjc,
DATE ’ hAME. TITLE OF OFFICER _ E.G.. ‘SANE DOE. NOTARf PUBLIC
personally appeared - -1 T PAI - I
NAWS) OF SIGNER(S)
ersonally known to me - Or: z pKmed 10 me on the basrs of m ,
to be the person+) whose name(+@a+e
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me thaws&e&&q executed
the same in @he&M&r authorized
capacity@@, and that bya-
signature@ on the instrument the person@&
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person++ acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
2% qqy&& L
~&NWURE ff NOTARV
OPTIONAL
Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent reattachment of this form.
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF AlTACHED DOCUMENT
0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER
0 PARTNER(S) 0 UMllED
0 GENERAL 3
0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT NUMBER OF PAGES
0 TRUSTEE(S)
h-l (5-97
DATE OF DOCUMENT
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSON(S) OR ENTblY(lES)
SIGNER(S) OdER THAN NAMED ABOVE
01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION l 8236 Remmel Ave., P.O. Box 71S4 l Camga Park. CA 91309-7184
.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Amendment is entered into and effective as of the 18th day
of November , 1997 amending the Agreement dated November 15, 1996 by and
between the City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation, hereafter referred to as “City”,
and Motorola, Inc., hereafter referred to as “Contractor”, for Lease-Purchases of 800
MHz radio equipment.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the initial Agreement dated November 15, 1996 identified
potential multiple equipment lists to which the main terms and condition$ of the Lease-
Purchase Agreement would be applicable, referred to as “any Schedule A now or
hereafter attached hereto”; and
WHEREAS, the parties to the aforementioned Agreement desire to add
an additional equipment list, Schedule A-l in order to provide for the lease-purchase
funding for Phase II, Part 1 800 MHz radio equipment.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these recitals and the mutual
covenants contained herein, City and Contractor hereby agree as follows:
1. The original Lease-Purchase Agreement is amended by the
addition of a new equipment list entitled Exhibit A-l, containing the number, type,
location and cost of radio equipment to be furnished and/or installed by Motorola on
the dates therein shown, on file in the office of the City Clerk.
2. Said Agreement is further amended by the addition of an
additional Schedule B-l, setting forth payment numbers, dates and amounts with
regard to payments for the equipment set forth on Schedule A-l, also on file in the
4
office of the City Clerk. In the event City elects to use the credit facility provided for by
paragraph 2 of the main Agreement for payment of equipment listed on equipment list
Schedule A-l, such payments shall be made in accordance with Schedule B-1, in
addition to other payments otherwise due under said Agreement.
3. All other provisions of the aforementioned Agreement not
amended by this Amendment No. 1 shall remain in full force and effect.
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
CONTRACTOR
DATED: \
DATED: \\\u.k=i \
\Xb[V
DATE
ATTEST
APPROVED AS TO FORM.
RONALD R. BALL, City Attorney
by: Lu2-n
b- RICHARD RUDOLM
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by Contractor must be attached.)
2
-
* CALIFORNIA ALL-WRPOsE: ACKNOWLEDOMENT NO. 5907
State of P?
County of ScylcS
On tit*& !?J Lb! (q’?7 before me, h K , &bbd. do& &IL ,
DATE hAME. TITLE OF OFFICER. f&G., ‘JANE WE. NdrARY PUBLIC
personally appeared - La-f-J-p 0/5hT 9 NAME(S) OF SIGNER(S)
R personally known to me - c
to be the personCofwhose name&j*
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me tha@‘s&&My executed
the same in mhmr authorized
capacity(iee), and that by @M&~P&
signaturew on the instrument the person&+,
I or the entity upon behalf of which the
I person(e) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
OPTIONAL
Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent reattachment of this form.
CAPAClTYCLAlMED8YSlGNER DESCRlPTlONOFAllACHEDOOCUMENT
0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER
q PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED q GENERAL q All-ORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEEIS)
3
NUMBER OF PAGES
DATE OF DOCUMENT
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAM OF PERSON(S) OR ENm-Y(IEs)
SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION l 8236 Remmet Ave., P.O. Box 71M l Camga Park, CA 91309-7184
dALIFORNlA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No. 5907
State of
County of Sk DMgO
On J&dL4& ZG I 14c17 before me, w f(* aSb*+, AIti Pubis ,
DATE LAME. TlnE OF OFFICER _ E.O.. -JANE cxx. NOTARY PUBLIC
personally appeared - ,skwfT J. PihI \ ,
NAME(S) OF SIGNER(S)
Qf personally known to me - c
to be the personas) whose name(e
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that@- executed
the same in #@h&H&v authorized
capacity(ieaj, and that by (@h&M&r
signature@+ on the instrument the person@&
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(@ acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
OPTIONAL
Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent reattachment of this form.
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT
0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER
*#I**
phhe- kww-f- -
llJl-Q8)
0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED
0 GENERAL q Al-l-ORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEE(S)
0 GUARDIAfVCONSE
R OTHER: R-sr/<
D&%WJT
3p&+&
NUMBER OF PAC!ES . u
n-/B- q7
DATE OF DOCUMENT
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAME ff PERS0WS) OR EHTIp((IES)
SIGNER(S) OTkER THAN NAMED ABOVE
-33 3
Q1993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION l 8238 Remmel Ave.. P.O. Box 7184 l Canoga Park, CA 91309-7184
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for
corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified
by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to
bind the corporation.)
3
ATTEST
DATED: \+G \5\ O*& $.
ALETHA RAUTE
APPROVED AS TO FORM
RONALD R. BALL, City Attorney
by:&& ti
0. RICHARD RUDOLF&
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by Contractor must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for
corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified
by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to
bind the corporation.)
3
SCHEDULE A-f
EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Schedule A-a
Lease Number: 20691-A7
This Equipment Schedule dated as of y/q7 ,I/1 is being executed by MOTOROLA, INC.
(“Lessor”) and City of Carisbad, CA (“Lessee“), as a supplement to, and is hereby attached to and made
a part of that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement Number 20691 dated as of
(“Lease”), between Lessor and Lessee.
/!/I v9 7
Lessor hereby leases to Lessee under and pursuant to the Lease, and Lessee hereby accepts and
leases from Lessor under and pursuant to the Lease, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth
’ in the Lease and upon the terms set forth below, the following items of Equipment
QUANTITY DESCRIPTION (Manufacturer, Model, and Serial Nos.)
Refer to attached Equipment List.
I Equipment Location:
Financing $1,091,628.00
Initial Term: 15 Years Commencement Date: December 1,1997
First Payment February 1,1998
Annual Lease Payments of $105,823.07 as outlined in the attached Schedule B*lus Sales/Use Tax of
$0.00, payable on the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule BY:,
EXECUTED as of the date first herein set forth.
LESSEE:/ # _ LESSOR:
Motorola, Inc.
By:
C/73‘ OF CARLSBAD g/30/97 Schedu/e NAya ”
MOBILES, PORTABLES, AND CONTROL STATIONS RCS CONTRACT PRICING
RCSCONTRACTX43095
Item OtY ModolIOption Description RCS Unit Price RCS Total Price
ASTRO DIGITAL RADIOS
h4Wk Radios For Fitu D8pl
4 22 TQQDX ASTRO DIG SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
4a 22 133w ASTRO SPECTRA A9 35W BOOMHZ~REMOTE
4b 22 G51 ENH: ENHANCED SMARTNET OPERATION
4c 22 0114 ENH: DIGITAL IO DISPLAY
4d 22 G806 ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGED UNlT PRICE
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
22 YEAR 2 MWNTENANCE FDR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO
22 YEAR 3 MAINIENANCE FORANYASOVESELECTRADIO
Pombla Radios Fitu apt
34 25 HOSUCHQPWI,N 34a 250808
34b 25H38
34C 25 H14
34d 25H799
346 25 H883
opttonr&i
39 12 NM6193
40 14 N-IN8294
41 7 NTN1168
45 lTDN9430
48 QTDN9435
47 8 N-IN8382
48 28 TON9816
144 2 HOlKDHQPA3-N
146 2H226
147 2 H437
148 2 H129
149 2 H319
150 2Hem
151 2Qa7
Mowkconfm/smimsF&m
56 6 TQQDX 56a 6 132w
.sb 8 G51
56C 8 G114
58d 6W865
56e 8G808
ASTRO DIGITAL XTS3000 MODEL Ill PORT 1,931 .oo: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION 5oo.w
ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION 895.W
ADD: ID DISPLAY 75.00
ADD SYSTEM TEST RESULT 0.00
2 YEAR SERVICE PLAN 36.00
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE m-00
REMOTE SPEAKER MC 70.00 840.00
BATERY, ULTRA HI CAPACITY NICAD FM 132.00 1,848.w
CHARGER DESKTOP SINGLE UNU 95.00 685.00
BATTERY MAINTENANC E SYSTEM 767.00 767.00
BATTERY ADAPTER 31.00 186.00
CARRY CASE, BELT LOOP LEATHER 38.00 304.00
VEHICULAR BATIERY CHARGER XTS3000 218.00 5.014.w
JTlOOO PROGRAMMABLE VHF PORTABLE
ULTRA HIGH BATTERY
RAPID CHARGER COMPACT
VHFANTENNA *
SWIVEL LEATHER CASE W/BELT LOOP 2.5
EXPRESS 2 YR WARRANTY HT/JT UNITS
PROGRAMMING KEY JT 1000
8877
923
$49
90
932
$31
975
1,937.oo
337.00
447.00
43.00
338.00
34.00
&136JO
80.00
60.00
$1,754
$46
$m
$0
984
$62
$150
ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
35W800808-870W7
ENH: ENHANCED SMARRONE OPERATION
ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY
ADD: CONTROL STATION OPERATION
ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGE0 UNIT PRICE
6 YEAR 2 hWNTENANCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO
6 YEAR 3 MAINTENANCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO
Revised FINLPBK2.XLS
Q/30/97 1
1,937.oo
541.00
447.00
43.00
34.00
3m2.m
60.00
60.00
42.614.00
11.902.w
9,634.w
946.00
746.00
1.320.w
1,320.w
48.2X.00
125w.w
17,375.w
1,875.W
0.00
SW.00
11,622.W
2.022.00
2.682.00
258.00
2.028.00
204.00
380.00
380.00
MOBILES, PORTABLES, AND CONTROL STATIONS RCS CONTRACT PRICING
RcscoNmAmx43095
item - ctty ModeUOcUion Desaition RCS Unit Price RCS Total Price
ANTENNA SY-
For uu wiYh Mobik 6 Dwkto, Stations
72 120 L1702 l/2- SUPERFLEX, POLY JKT. PER FOOT 3.78 453.60
73 12 TON8809 1ITCONN. N PLUG S-FLEX (PLTD) 46.58 558.96 ,
74 12 5880367821 MiniiUHF M TO NF 16.75 201 .oo
75 300 Ll705 l/2’ LDF HEUAX, POLY JKT, PER FOOT 2.61 783.00
76 0 L1705 l/2= LDF HEUAX, POLY JKT, PER FOOT 2.61 0.00
n 12 TDN8814 1/2%0NNECTOR, N PLUG (PLATED) 40.50 486.00
78 12 TDN8815 1/2%0NNECTOR, N JACK (PLATED) 40.50 486.00
79 12 RRX4038A COAX PROTECTOR 78.15 913.80
80 12 TDN6673 1rrcAeLE GROUND CLAMP KIT 23.85 286.20
81 12 TON6670 CABLE TIES, NYLON 37.35 446.20
82 6 TDF6441 YAGI ANTENNA 88.20 526.20
ASTRO DIGITAL RADIOS
Mobil. Radios For Polk. Orpr
1 24
la 24
lb 24
IC 24
Id 24
le 24
4 39
4a 39
4b 39
4c 39
4d 39
5
5a
5b
5c
5d
5e
67
67
l-990x ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
129w 35w800806-870w3
w496 ENH: REMOTE MOUNT WlTH 17 FT CABLE
Osl ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATlON
0114 ENH: DlGlTAL ID DlSPlAY
0806 ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGED UNIT PRtCE
T99DX
133w
G51
0114
ASTRO DIG SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES 1,937.oo
ASTRO SPECTRA W9 35W 8OOMHZ REMOn 541.00
ENH: ENHANCED SMARTNET OPERA= 447.00
ENH: DIGITAL ID DlSPLAY 43.00
ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR BJTERFACE 34.00
PACKAGED UNlT PRlCE 39omm
M99DX
181W
G51
G114
WlS
ASIRO SPECTRA MOTORCYCLE 2.370.00
15WATT8W808-87OW7CONTRLHEAD 337.00
ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATtON 447.00
ENH: DlGlTAL ID DISPLAY 43.00
ADO: BLACK WEAlHER RSNT ENCLOSURE 0.00
ElWAPCO25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE 34.00
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE 3231-W
Allllwul AuMEmaEAGREEMENT
YEW 2 MAINENANE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADlo
Y154R3MWN7EiWNCEFORAIVYAi3OVESELECTRADK)
Podsbh Rsdbs Wke Dqt
34 108 HO9UCHSPW7Jl ASTRO DIGKAL XTS3000 MODEL Ill PORT
34a 108 Q808 ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATlON
34b 108 H38 ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION
34C 108 H14 ADD: ID DISPLAY
34d 106 Ii799 ADD SYSTEM TEST RESULT
346 108 H885 2 YEAR SERVICE PIAN
PACKAGED UNlT PRICE
1,937.W
540.w
223.00
447.00
43.00
s
46,488.W
12980.00
5352.00
10,728.w
1,032w
816.00
75.543.w
21.099.w
17.433.00
1,677.W
1326.00
9,460.w
1,348.w
1,788.W
172.00
0.00
136.00
60.00 4.020.00
60.00 4,020.W
1,931.w
500.00
695.00
75.00
0.00
38.00
w=.fJo
208,548.W
54,0w.w
75.060.00
8,lW.W
0.00
3,888.W
Revised FINLPBK2.XLS
9mm7 2
MOBILES, PORTABLES, AND CONTROL STATIONS RCS CONTRACT PRICING
RcscoNTRAcTx43095
Itern stv Description RCS Unit Price RCS Toti Price
Options 1 Aaes801W
39 20 NhW8193
40 12 NTN8294
41 108 NM1168
45 1 TDN9430
.46 8 TDN9435
47 1 NTN8382 48 21 TON9816
10 NAF5042
REMOTE SPEAKER MIC 70.00 1,400.w BAlTERY, ULTRA HI CAPACITY NICAD FM 132.00 1564.00 CHARGER DESKTOP SiNGLE UNlT 95.00 10,260.w BATTERY MAINTENANCE SYSTEM 757.00 757.00 BAl7ERY ADAPTER 31.00 166.00 CARRY CASE, BELT LOOP LEATHER 36.00 36.00 VEHICULAR BATTERY CHARGER XTS3WO 218.00 4.578.00 STUBBY QUARTRE WAVE ANTENNA 23.W 230.00
Mobllo contd st8tions Police apt
56 7 T99DX
56a 7 132w
56b 7 G51
56C 7 G114
56d 7 w665
568 7G808
ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES 1.937.00
35W8W806-67OW7 337.00 ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERAnON 447.00
ENH: DlGlTAL ID DISPLAY 43.00 ADD: CONTROL STAnON OPERAnON 338.ocf
ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE 34.00 PACKAGED UNlT PRICE bl36smo
13,559.w
2,359.w
3.129.00
301.00
2.366.00
236.00
7 YEAR 2 wINTENA%E FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RAD/O 60.00
7 YEAR 3 MAINTEMNCE FOR ANYABOVE SELECT RADK) 60.00
420.00
420.00
AN7wNAsYsTEm
FtwumwnhAbblk&msktopst8dons
72 140 L1702 l/r SUPERFLEX, POLY JKT, PER FOOT 3.78 529.20 73 14 TDN8809 1/2=CONN. N PLUG SFLEX (PLTD) 46.56 652.12 74 14 5880367B21 MinUUHF M TO NF 18.75 234.50
75 450 Ll705 l/2= LDF HELIAX. POLY JKT, PER FOOT 261 1.174.50
76 0 L1705 l/2= LDF HELlAX, POLY JKT. PER FOOT 2.61 0.00
n 14 TDN8814 1/2=CONNECTOR, N PLUG (PLATED) 40.50 567.00
79 14 TDN6815 1/2=CONNECTOR. N JACK (PLATED) 40.50 567.00
79 14 RRX4W8A COAX PROTECTOR 78.13 1,066.10
90 14 TDN6673 lR=CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT 23.85 333.90
81 14 TDN6670 CABLE TIES, NYLON 37.35 522.90
62 7 TDf6441 YAGI ANTENNA 66.20 617.40
DIGITAL RADIO EQUIPMENT FOR CITY WATER DEPT
ASTRO DIGITAL RADIOS
h4oMkRMn8Fo~W~~
4 39 T99DX ASTRO DIG SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
4a 39 133w AS-JR0 SPECTRA A9 35W 8WMHZ REMOTE
4b 39 Gsl ENH: ENHANCED SMARTNET OPERATION
4c 39 6114 ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY
4d 39G606 ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGE0 UNIT PRICE
1937.00 75,543.w
541.00 21,099.w
447.00 17,433.w 43.00 1,877.W
34.00 1328.00
39 YEAR 2 AUINTEIUNCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO 60.00 2.340.w
39 YEAR 3 MINTENANCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO 60.00 2.340.w
Revised FINlPBK2.XLS
9lml97 3
.
MOBILES, PORTABLES, AND’CONTROL STATIONS RCS CONTRACT PRICING
RcscDNrRAcT143035
RCS Unit Price RCS Total Price
Rniabb Radios Wllw DaputmM
34 8 HOSUCH9PW7~
34a 8Q808
34b 8 H36
34c 8 H14
34d 8 H799
346 8 H885
40 8 NTN8294 BATIERY, ULTRA HI CAPACrrY NICAD FM 13200 1,056.W
45 1 TON9430 BATIERY MAINTENANCE SYSTEM 757.00 757.00
124 8 TON9435 BA-ITERY ADAPTER 31.00 186.00
131 1 NTNllT7 CHARGER.1 1OV MULTI RAPID 591.00 591 .w
ASTRO DIGITAL XTs3000 MODEL Ill PORT 1,931 .oo
ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION 500.00
ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATlON 895.00
ADD: ID DISPLAY 75.00
ADD SYSTEM TEST RESULT 0.00 2 YEAR SERVICE PLAN 36.00
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE 3331.06
. SPECTRA DlGmAL Wile control St8tlotu Watw
56 4 T99DX ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
56a 4 132w 35waooao6-a7ow
56b 4 G51 ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION
56C 4 G114 ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY
56d 4W665 ADD: CONTROL STATION OPERATION
568 4Gao6 ENH:APCO25COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGED UNU PRICE
4 mR2MAlN7EmNcEFoRANYABovESELEcTRADlO 80.00 240.00
4 YEAR3MAI~~CEKIRANYABOMSELECTRADK) 60.00 240.00
ANTENhlSYS7EW
157 80 L17o2
158 8TDN6ao9
159 a 5880367821
160 250 L17o5 *
181 0 L1705
162 8 TDNa614
163 a TDN88is
164 a RRX4038A
165 am6673
166 am6670
16a 4 Tow41
l/2- SLJPERFLEX, FOLY JKT, PER FOOT 3.70 302.40
1/2=CONN, N PLUG S-FLEX (PLTD) 46.58 372.84
Mini/UHF M TO NF 16.75 134.00
l/2= LDF HELM, POLY JKT, PER FOOT 2.61 652.50
l/2= LDF HUIAX, POLY JKT. PER FOOT 261 0.00
l/Z’CONNECTOR. N PWG (PLATED) 40.50 324.00
l/Z-CONNECTOR, N JACK (PLATED) 40.50 324.00
COAX PROTECTOR 76.15 609.20
l/ZZABLE GROUNO CLAMP KIT 23.85 190.8o
CA&E TIES, NYLON 37.35 298.80
YAGI ANTENNA 88.20 352.80 -
CITY OFCARLSBAO EQUIPMENT
TAX
CITY OF CARLSlBAD EQUIP TOTAL
lNSTAUAlWN#?UAOVALB
TmAL
1.937.w
337.60
447.00
43.00
338.00
u::
7,748.w
1,348.w
1.188.00
172.00
1,352w
l36.W
ssesm2
s74la66
wpsom
$56,756
tlpsl*sZe
Revided FINLPBQXLS
9I3ofs7 4
- - .
. .--. 11t1211997 Page 1
Carlsbad , City of (Schedule B@
Compound Period . . . . . . . : Annual
Nominal Annual Rate....: s.790 %
EffectiveAnnual Rate...: 5.790 % Periodic Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 5.7900 % Daily Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01586 %
CASH FLOW DATA
. . . . -.-.-e-- --
Loan wwl997
1897 Totals
1 02/0111998
1998 Totals
2 02!ol/lQQ9
1999 lotals
3 02m1/2ooo
2ooo Totals
4 02/01/2001
2001 TotaIs
502mR002
2002 Totals
6 02/01/2003
2003 Totals
7 02/01/2004
2004 TotaIs
8 02/0112005
2005 Totals
9 O2AW2W6
2005 Totals
10 02/01/2007
2007 Totals
0.00
loM23.07
105,823.07
10!&823.07
low23.07
105.823.07
105823.07
105,823.07
105.023.07
10!&823.07
105.823.07
105,~3.07
105*023.07
105B23.07
105.82307
105,023.07
la5,623.07
m!5m3.07
105,823.07
105,823.07
105,023.07
Event stwtoate Amount Number Period
1 Loan 12lOlM 997 l,OQ1,628.00 1
2 Payment o2KI111QQ8 1 OS,823.07 15 Annual
AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE - Noftnal Amortitation
End Oat8
0210112012
Date layment Interast - .- -_-.. --.. A. - Principal Balance ---
0.00 0.00
10,736.24 95,005.03
10,736.24 95,086.83
57,6QQ.73 48,123.34
57mQ.73 48,123.34
54,913.39 !30,909.68
54,913.39 50,909.68
51 ,Q6!5.72
51 .Q65.72
53M7.35
53.657.35
48,647.38 56975.69
48.847.30 56,975.69
45348.49 60,274.58
45,548.49 60,27458
42,058.59
42.058.59
38366.63
36,386.63
34,460.90 34,480.QO
30,329.03
30329.03
63,764.48
63.764.40
67,456.44
67,450.44
71J62.17
71362.17
75.494.04
75,494.04
1,091,628.00
990,541.iT
948,417.03
097,!500.15
843B50.80
78q675.11
726,400.53
662,636.Od
585,179.61
523,817.44
44q323.40
. . C
_ .
I
. *
Carlsbad , &y~&phedub as) ..
_ .-
_
lltl2l1997 Page2
.-
Date
-11 02iW2008’
2008 Totals
12 02mv2009
2009 Totals
13 02/01/2010
2010 Totals
14 02miczoi i
2011 Totals
15 02m1/2012
2012 Totals
GrandTotals
Payment Interest
105,823.07 25957.92
105,823.07 25,957.92
105,823.07 21,333.73 W489.34 283,968.N
105,823.07 21,333.73 84,489.34
105,823.07 16A41.80 105,823.07 16A41.80
105J23.07 11,266.62
105423.07 11,266.62
105,823.07 5,791.88 100,031.19 0.00
lO5,823.07 5.791.88 100,031.19
1,587,346.05 495,718.05 1,091,628.00
_,_ phlciJal
79,855.15
79,865.15
Balpx - -.-.-
368,458.25
89,381.27 194,587.54 89J81.27
94,550.45 100,031.19
94,556.45
INITTALMSOWUVCEREQ- $1,091,628 00
Except as spcci5caUy pmidcd iu Sew five of the kslw henof, Lessee agnu to p8y ta Lcsm or its aswncc the kmc
Payl+S, including tb intcctS potuou in lhc imounts and dates spccihd in l.b abOvC paYm#rl Ichcdulc.
LESSOR.
Motorola, Inc.
CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY
I, Aletha L. Rautenkranz do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or ~secrctaryKounty Clerk) appointed and acting Secretary or Clerk of the Carlsbad , an entity duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of California that I have custody of the records of such entity, and
that, as of the date hereof, the individuals named below are the duly elected or appointed officers
of such entity holding offices set forth opposite of their respective names. I further certify that (i)
the signatures set opposite their respective names and titles are their true and authentic signatures
and (ii) such officers have the authority on behalf of such entity to enter into that certain
Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number 20691 dated41497 s and Schedule A number
20691-A7 dated ! l!l8’@7 , between City of Carlsbad and Motorola, Inc.
Name Title
Claude A. Lewis Mayor
SEAL
WRITE IT - DON’T SAY IT!
Date
0 Reply Wanted To __
From
MAEN DNEN T
-
MU-
r ORIGINAL
AMENDMENT NO. 2
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AND
MOTOROLA, INC. FOR THE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
This amendment is entered into and effective as of the 5 th day of January,
1999 amending the Agreement dated November 12, 1996, by and between the City of
Carlsbad, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as “City”, and Motorola, Inc.,
hereinafter referred to as ‘Contractor”, for the 800 MHz communications system.
RECITALS
Whereas, the initial Agreement dated November 15, 1996, identified a scope of
work related to the purchase of equipment and installation thereof with regard to the
dispatch center and microwave system; and
Whereas, on November 18, 1997, Amendment No. 1 to the aforementioned
agreement was approved to provide for the purchase of Phase II, Part 1 radio
equipment; and
Whereas, the parties to this aforementioned Agreement desire to alter the scope
of work as follows: to provide for the purchase of Phase II, Part 2, radio equipment;
and
Whereas, it is now both desirable and necessary to amend said Agreement to
provide for such equipment.
Now, therefore, in consideration of these recitals and the mutual covenants
contained therein, City and Contractor hereby agree as follows:
1. Section 1. Motorola’s Obligations of said Agreement is amended by the
addition of a new subparagraph E to read as follows:
“E. Motorola shall furnish and/or install the radio equipment of the type
specified at the site specified and for the amount specified in the equipment
list attached to schedule A-2, dated January 4 th, 1999.”
2. Section 5. Payment Schedule of said agreement is amended as follows:
“Payment Terms
1. One hundred percent (100%) of equipment total, as shown on Schedule
A-2, including tax, due net 30 days after receipt of equipment.
2. One hundred percent (100%) of installation costs as shown on Schedule
A-2, due net 30 days after completion of all installations.”
3. All other provisions of the aforementioned Agreement not modified by this
Amendment No. 2 remain in full force and effect.
4. All requisite insurance policies to be maintained by the Contractor shall
include coverage for the amended scope of work.
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
CONTRACTOR: CITY OF CARLSBAD
umRY0Ls0N VJOE PREsI0ENT. SALES
by:
Dated:
ATTEST:
Dated: I -26-T?
L
ALETHA L. RAUTENKRANZ, City &Jerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Ronald R. Ball, City Attorney
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by Contractor must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for
corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified
by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to
bind the corporation.)
3
.
CAilFORNlA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No. 5907
State of
personally appeared
/ I / NAM&) OF SIGNER(S) I
mpersonally known to me - &I3 - G c
to be the person(s) whose name(s) +e/@
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that
Wexecuted the same in ml elr authorrzed
capacity(ies), and that by w
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s),
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and o ‘cial seal.
y2lbr*,wb u JIGN&URE OF NOTARY
OPTIONAL
Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent reattachment of this form.
CAPACITYCLAIMEDBYSIGNER DESCRIPTIONOFATTACHEDDOCUMENT
0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER
TITLE(S)
0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED
0 GENERAL
0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT NUMBER OF PAGES
DATE OF DOCUMENT
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSON(S) OR ENTITY(IES)
SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
793/b
01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION l 6236 Remmet Ave., P.O. Box 7164 l Cancga Park, CA 91309-7164
l
CtTY OF CARLSABD REGIONAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM Contract # 43095
Various Public Service Agencies
Item Model/Option Description RCS Unit Price Price
ASTRO DIGITAL EQUIPME SCHEDULE A-2
Spectra Mobile Radios for Various City Agencies
4 57 T99DX ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
4a 57 133w ASTRO SPECTRA W9 35W 800MHZ REMOTE
4b 57 G51 ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION
4c 57 G114 ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY
4d 57 G806 ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT FOR ASTRO SPECTRA
57 YEAR 2 MAINTENANCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO
I oi YEAR 3 MAINTENANCE FOR ANY ABOVE SELECT RADIO
ASTRO 800 MHz Portable Radios Model Ill
37
37 a
37 b
37 c
37 d
37 e
47 H09UCH9PW7-N ASTRO DIGITAL XTS3ooO MODEL Ill PORT
47 Q806 ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION
47 H38 ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION
47 H14 ADD: ID DISPLAY
47 H799 ADD SYSTEM TEST RESULT
47 H885 2 YEAR SERVICE PLAN
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE
43 17 NMN6193 REMOTE SPEAKER MIC
44 8 NTN8294 SPARE ULTR HIGN BAllERY
45 18 NTN1168 CHARGER, DESKTOP SINGLE UNIT 117V
46 4 NTN1177C CHARGER, DESKTOP MULTI UNIT 117V
52 10 TDN9816 VEHICULAR CHARGER XTS3000 TBD
Mobile Control Stations
56 12 T99DX ASTRO DIGITAL SPECTRA MOBILE SERIES
56a 12 132W 35W 800 806-870 W7
56b IL G51 ENH: ENHANCED SMARTZONE OPERATION
56C 12 6114 ENH: DIGITAL ID DISPLAY
56d 12 w665 ADD: CONTROL STATION OPERATION
56e 12 6806 ENH: APCO 25 COMMON AIR INTERFACE
PACKAGED UNIT PRICE
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT FOR ASTRO SPECTRA
12 YEAR 2 MAINTENANCE FOR ABOVE MOBILE STATION RADIO
12 YEAR 3 MAINTENANCE FOR ABOVE MOBILE STATION RADIO
$1,970 $112,286
$550 $31,361
$455 $25,912
$44 $2,493
$35 $1,971
$3,053
$60 $3,420
$60 $3,420
$1,964
$509
$707
$76
$0
$36
$3,291
$71
$134
$97
$601
$222
$1,970
$343
$455
$44
$344
$35
$3,189
$60
$60
$92,300
$23,900
$33,220
$3,585
$0
S 1,692
$1,210
.S 1,072
$1,739
$2,404
$2,217
$23,639
$4,113
$5,455
$525
$4,125
$415
$720
$720
Revised l-4-99 carlspw.xls
RCS Equipment Price Book
.
CITY OF CARLSABD REGIONAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM Contract f 43095
Various Public Sewice Agencies
item Model/Option Description RCS Unit Price Price
ANTENNA SYSTEMS
For use with Mobile 8 Desktop Stations
72 240 L1702
73 24 TDN8809
74 24 5880367B21
75 900 L1705
77 24 TDN8814
78 24 TDN88 15
79 24 RRX4038A
80 24 TDN6673
81 24 TDN6670
83 12 TDF6441
Revised l-4-99
l/2” SUPERFLEX, POLY JK-T, PER FOOT
1/2”CONN, N PLUG S-FLEX (PLTD)
Mini/UHF M TO NF
l/2” LDF HELIAX, POLY JKT, PER FOOT
1/2”CONNECTOR, N PLUG (PLATED)
1/2”CONNECTOR, N JACK (PLATED)
COAX PROTECTOR
1/2”CABLE GROUND CLAMP KIT
CABLE TIES, NYLON
YAGI ANTENNA
$4 $923
$47 $1,137
$17 $409
$3 $2,389
$41 $989
$41 $989
$77 $1,859
$24 $582
$38 $912
$90 $1,076
Total Equip
Tax
Installationllier
Programming
Freight approx.
TOTAL
$395,177
$30,626
$31,350
$457,153
carlspw.xls
RCS Equipment Price Book
January 4, 1999
City of Carlsbad
2560 Orion Way
Carlsbad, Ca 92008
Att: Chief Brian Watson
Brian,
Motorola is pleased to present to the City of Carlsbad the finalized subscriber radio
quantities and types for the remaining city public service departments for usage on the
Regional Communications System.
The enclosed list of equipment shown in Schedule “A-2” has been selected and priced
using the RCS “Price Book”.
Term of Sale
The master lease will not be used for this agreement as requested. Therefore the payment
terms for the equipment and service will be
100% of equipment & tax total Due 30 days from shipment & invoice
100% of installation due after final installation
Communications Equipment Purchase Agreement
Motcrcl: :vill work with you and the City Attorney’s office to modify the existing
agreement between the City of Carlsbad and Motorola. This will be accomplished by
Amendment NO. 2 to the existing agreement.
Statement of Work (SOW)
Motorola has included a statement of work to help define the responsibilities of the City
of Carlsbad and Motorola for the Installation/removal of your subscriber radios shown in
Schedule “A”.
Subscriber Equipment Warranty
Motorola has included information on the warranty period for the proposed equipment.
Also included is the standard repair process. Additional information on maintenance and
warranty repair procedures is being determined by the RCS.
If you have any questions do not hesitate to call me at (760) 930-4013.
Sincerely,
Motorola Inc.
Ed W’:!;rxikowski
Sales Team Manager
Western Division
cc: Curt Munro, RCS Project Manager
Stu Tant, RCS Radio Service Supervisor
. ,
Statement of Work (SOW)
Installation and Services
Motorola will sub-contract to a qualified service provider QuigleyBehr.
Motoroia will ship and deliver the radios to the City of Carlsbad that are specified as the
City of Carlsbad user radios shown in Schedule “A-2”.
City of Carlsbad should contact the RCS project office to make arrangements for the
installation timelines, programming of the radio units, Training for the radio users and the
final radio installation to be performed by the Motorola contracted installation provider .
Removal of existing radios will be accomplished as part of this service.
Training
Training for all subscriber radio equipment will be coordinated by the city of Carlsbad
and the RCS Sheriffs transition training team. Contact the RCS project office for
additional information.
Installation Schedules
Will be coordinated between the City of Carlsbad, the RCSIMotorolaJQuigley’s Behr.
Product Warranties
Motorola warrants that all products provided under this agreement will be free from
defects in design, material, and workmanship for the Warranty Periods listed in Table I -
Warranty Periods. During the respective Warranty Periods, Motorola will repair or
replace defective parts free of charge, including freight, during the product warranty
period.
Table I - Warranty Periods
Field Unit Equipment From Date of Ship + two year l&3
ESP/ years
“Express Service Plus Plan (ESP)
This option has been included for all MTS2000, MCS2000, XTS3000 field units.
(Spectra Digital radios contain a I yearparts and labor warranty along with years 2 & 3
maintenance). The ESP provides repair coverage for 2 years beyond the standard 1 year
warranty (for a total of 3 years of radio coverage), Repairs under the standard 1 year
warranty can be made at any qualified Motorola Service Center, or when initialization of
the board is required, at the Plantation or National Subscriber Depots. Repairs under the 2
year extended warranty must be made at the National Subscriber Depot (Schaumburg).
All inbound shipping or transportation charges to Motorola must be paid by the
purchaser. Motorola will pay for outbound shipping via Motorola’s normal shipping
methods.
This Factory Depot Service plan is available in addition to the Standard Commercial
Warranty for certain Motorola manufactured subscriber products for a consideration over
and above the price of the product paid by the original purchaser or lessee ( WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF BATTERIES AND ANY MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WHICH ARE
NOT COVERED BY THIS PLAN) and is in effect from the date the standard
commercial warranty expires. This plan is available for purchase at the time of equipment
order only..
THIS PL3.N DOES NOT COVER DEFECTS, MALFUNCTIONS, PERFORMANCE
FAILURES OR DAMAGES TO THE UNIT RESULTING FROM: A) USE IN OTHER
THAN ITS NORMAL AND CUSTOMARY MANNER B) MISUSE, VANDALISM,
ACCIDENT OR NEGLECT; OR C) IMPROPER DISASSEMBLY, TESTING,
OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION, MODIFICATION, ADJUST-
MENT, ALTERATION OR REPAIR.
WRITE IT - DON’T SAY IT!
IO Chief Brian Watson/Fire
m/Clerk's
Data January 27
0 Reply Wanted
q lNo Reply Necessary
1999
Per our telephone conversation this morning, I have attached one original Amendment
No. 2 to the 800 MHZ Motorola agreement. You s&id that you didn't know what mailing
address to use for Motorola; but that you would call in the sales representative and
have him deliver the original to Motorola.
Thanks for your help, Brian.
.